Category:

Certification

CS202: Discrete Structures Certification Exam Answers

by IndiaSuccessStories July 26, 2024

written by IndiaSuccessStories

CS202: Discrete Structures Exam Quiz Answers

Question 1: Which of the following set pairs are equal sets? Select one:

X = {1, 3, 9, 7}; Y = {3, 1, 7}
X = {1, 3, 9, 7}; Y = {3, 1, 5, 9}
X = {1, 3, 9, 7}; Y = {3, 1, 7, 9}
X = {1, 3, 9, 7}; Y = {1, 3, 9, 7, 11}

Question 2: Consider the sets X and Y in this figure. What type of set is Y?

Select one:

Y is equal to X
Y is a subset of X
Y is a superset of X
Y is equal to the null set

Question 3: Assume there are three sets: W, X, Y. What equation results in the intersection of those sets? Select one:

W – X – Y = Z
W ∪ X ∪ Y = Z
W ⋂ X ⋂ Y = Z
W ⊕ X ⊕ Y = Z

Question 4: Which of the following is (A − B) ∪ (A ∩ B) ∪ (B − A) equal to? Select one:

A
B
A ∪ B
The empty set

Question 5: Which of the following is the underlying assumption that is necessary for the Rule of Products to hold true? Select one:

Elements in set X depend on specific elements in set Y
Elements in set X must be independent of elements in set Y
Elements in set X must entirely overlap with elements in set Y
Elements in set X must be completely different from elements in set Y

Question 6: How many subsets does the set a, b, c�, �, � have? Select one:

Question 7: We would define the term “proposition” as a sentence that has which of the following qualities? Select one:

It can only meaningfully be called “completely true”
It can meaningfully be either “completely true” or “completely false”
It is “partially true”, where “partially” refers to some degree of truth
It is “partially false”, where “partially” refers to some degree of falsehood

Question 8: Consider the equation p → (p ∨ q). What is the result if both p and q are false? Select one:

True
False
Cannot be determined
This is not a logical proposition

Question 9: 3c.1. Assume that a system has three events (E1, E2, E3) that must take place before a fourth event, E4, can occur. Which of the following logical equations ensures the first three events take place before the fourth event? Select one:

E4 = E1 ^ E2 ^ E3
E4 = E1 v E2 v E3
E4 ⇔ E1 ⇔ E2 ⇔ E3
E4 = ᆨE1 ^ ᆨE2 ^ ᆨE3

Question 10: You have the following requirement: The computer’s run light (L) should come on when power (P) has been applied and the computer is ready to function (F), and when the computer’s start button (S) is pressed or data (D) begins to flow to the computer’s functioning input port (I). Which of the following logical equations would fulfill this requirement? Select one:

L = (P ^ F) ^ (S ^ (D ^ I))
L = (P ^ F) ^ (S ∨ (D ^ I))
L = (P ∨ F) ∨ (S ^ (D ∨ I))
L = (P ∨ F) ∨ (S ∨ (D ∨ I))

Question 11: If Mary helps Michael so that he gains new abilities that enable his task’s completion, and Michael uses his new abilities to help Susan so that Susan is successful, what role does Mary play in Susan’s success? Select one:

Mary has been enabled by Susan
Mary has been enabled by Michael
Mary has an implied role in Susan’s success
Mary has nothing to do with Susan’s success

Question 12: In an inductive proof of, ∀n P(n), n = 0, 1, 2, 3, …, …, …, n, …, which of the following is the base case? Select one:

Showing P (0)
Showing P(n)
Proving P(n-1) ⟹ P(n), n = 1, 2, 3, ….
Proving P(n) ⟹ P (n + 1), n ∈ ℕ, the natural numbers

Question 13: A new deck of playing cards has 52 cards. What is the probability that an ace is drawn on the second trial if a face card is drawn on the first trial and not placed back into the deck? Select one:

3/13
4/51
4/51
11/52

Question 14: On a 10-question true-or-false test, if you answer by flipping a coin, which of the following is P (getting a grade of 100%) the same as? Select one:

0
1/ (210)
1/10
½

Question 15: Consider a collection of independent events, each of which produces one of the following temperatures in a boiler {22, 23, 22, 24, 25, 30}. What is the probability that a temperature of 22 will occur, P(T₂₂)? Select one:

1/6
1/3
1/2
6/2

Question 16: Which of the following is an example of a recursive formula? Select one:

f(x) = 2x
f(y) = (2y) – 1
f(n) = f(n-1) + 1
P (A ∪ B) = P(A) + P(B), where A and B are disjoint and P is the probability function

Question 17: Given: f(x) = (5 * f(x-2)) − 3 ∀ x, f (2) = -3. What is the value of f (15)? Select one:

35,156
-58,593
-292,968
15 is not a member of the described sequence

Question 18: The structural integrity (s) of a building is known to decline by 0.2% per year. If s_{t, t ≥ 0} is the structural integrity of the building at t years after construction, write a recursive relation that is specific for s. Select one:

st = f(st-1)
st = 0.002 * st-1
st = 0.99998 * st-1
st = st-1 – 0.99998

Question 19: Which of the following is a graph composed of? Select one:

Edges and links
Vertices and edges
Vertices and nodes
Directional notations

Question 20: Which of the following best describes a Hamiltonian graph? Select one:

Any graph that contains a circuit
A graph with a path whose vertex list contains every vertex of the graph
A graph that contains a circuit, touching each edge of the circuit exactly once
A graph with a path whose vertex list contains each vertex of the graph exactly once

Question 21: Which of the following graphs is undirected? Select one:

Question 22: In this weighted directional graph, the weights give sensor values that cause the described system to go from one state to another.

The sensor delivers these values:

Time	Sensor Value
0	0
1	2
2	20
3	25
4	26
5	27
6	30
7	31
8	31
9	32
10	33

What state is the system in after Time₁₀?

Select one:

Assessment State
Initial State
Operational State
Shutdown State

Question 23: Which of the following would be a way to illustrate a directed graph with this description?

Vertex List	Edge List
V1	{v1, v2}
V2	{v2, v1}
V3	{v2, v3}
V4	{v3, v4}
	{v4, v3}
	{v4, v1}

Select one:

Question 24: Which of the following graphs is a tree? Select one:

Question 25: Which of the following characteristics describes a binary tree? Select one:

There are only two cycles
There are only two subtrees
Each vertex has one or more subtrees
Each vertex has no more than two subtrees

Question 26: Which of the following descriptions would be a good explanation of what the system in this image does?

Select one:

A system terminal is active. It remains active until logout. Upon successful login, the system is accessible until logout.
A system terminal sits idle. It remains idle until login is attempted. Two failed login attempts are allowed. The third causes the terminal to become disabled. Reset by a system administrator is then required for the terminal to be re-enabled. Upon successful login, the system is accessible until logout.
A system terminal sits idle. It remains idle until login is attempted. Two failed login attempts are allowed. The third causes the terminal to become disabled. Automatic reset then occurs after five minutes so that the terminal is re-enabled. Upon successful login, the system is accessible until logout.
A system administrator enables an access terminal. The terminal then sits idle until login is attempted. Two failed login attempts are allowed. The third causes the terminal to become disabled. Reset by a system administrator is then required for the terminal to be re-enabled. Upon successful login, the system is accessible until logout.

Question 27: Which of the following are the essential rules for constructing state diagrams for a system that can only be in one state at a time? Select one:

There can be multiple transitions specified for a given state data input or external action impacting the state; and for every data input or external action impacting a state, a transition specification must exist
There can be only one transition specified for a given state data input or external action impacting the state; and for every data input or external action impacting a state, a transition specification must exist
There can be multiple transitions specified for a given state data input or external action impacting the state; and for every data input or external action impacting a state, a transition specification need not exist since the system is assumed to remain in its present state until a transition event occurs
There can be only one transition specified for a given state data input or external action impacting the state; and for every data input or external action impacting a state, a transition specification need not exist since the system is assumed to remain in its present state until a transition event occurs

Question 28: What is the maximum size of a set? Select one:

Finite
Infinite
A countable number of elements
Not countable, but also not infinite

Question 29: Which of the following is this statement an example of?

If x in A implies x in B and x ∉ B, then x ∉ A. Select one:

Resolution
Modus Tollens
Modus Ponens
Conjunctive specialization

Question 30: Imagine there exists a network of ten computers. These computers can work independently on specific tasks. Tasks are assigned to them by another computer on that same network. There are many ways such a network can be employed. The case at issue involves cameras that capture visual events and transmit the resulting pictures to a receiving computer. That computer assigns pictures to other networked computers for analysis. The analysis of one picture has nothing to do with the analysis of any other picture. If 100 pictures are suddenly sent by the cameras, in how many ways can these pictures be assigned to the analysis computers? Select one:

10101010
1010010100
1001010010
100!90!

Question 31: Consider this truth table. What does it tell us?

p�	q�	p∧q�∧�
0	0	0
0	1	0
1	0	0
1	1	1

Select one:

If any fact is true then the conclusion is true
The conclusion is true only when all facts are true
A conclusion can be chosen at random regardless of the facts
The conclusion is true when all facts are true or when no facts are true

Question 32: Consider the logical equation X = (A ^ ¬B) ∨ (C ^ D). What is the result if A, B, C, D are all true? Select one:

True
False
The result is logically incongruent
Sheffer Stroke of (A ∪ B) and (C ∪ D)

Question 33: How might we calculate the probability of an event? Select one:

Set it equal to the probability of the just-prior causal event
Divide the probabilities of the string of causal events into each other
Add the probabilities of the individual outcomes that lead up to the event
Multiply the probabilities of the individual outcomes that lead up to the event

Question 34: What is the mathematical definition of an independent event? Select one:

P(A∩B) = P(A) ⋅ P(B)
P(A∩B) = P(A) + P(B)
P(A∩B) = P(A) / P(B)
P(A∩B) = P(A) – P(B)

Question 35: What is the difference between a directed graph and an undirected graph? Select one:

An undirected graph can be traversed in exactly one direction
A directed graph can be traversed in any direction from any node
An undirected graph can be traversed in any direction from any node
A directed graph has only one circuit with a traversal path is specified by directional notation

Question 36: Two separate state machines exist, M1 and M2. M2 takes input from M1. However, M1 operates independently from M2. If M1 has a number of states equal to S1 and M2 has a number of states equal to S2, how many possible state combinations could be achieved? Select one:

S12
S22
S1 + S2
S2 * S1

Question 37: Consider the set W, X, Y, Z in this figure. What operation on sets W, X, Y gives us set Z?

Select one:

Union of W, X, Y
Intersection of W, X, Y
W, X, Y are subtracted from each other
W, X, Y are subtracted from the universal set

Question 38: Which of the following can be said about all possible outcomes of a random experiment? Select one:

They cannot be stated, and what will happen cannot be predicted
They can be stated, and the probability of all possible outcomes lies along a uniform distribution
They can be stated, but the actual outcome on any given trial cannot be predicted with any certainty
They can be stated, and the actual outcome on any given trial can be predicted within a specified probability

Question 39: An eCommerce company pays a popular website to display an advertisement for a specific product. Of the 100 customers visiting the product’s website during the ad campaign, only 60 had seen the advertisement. Of the 40 customers purchasing the product, 30 had seen the ad. What is the probability that a visiting customer saw the ad and purchased the product? Select one:

25%
30%
50%
60%

Question 40: Why would any application want so many paths between nodes?

Select one:

A fully-connected graph is necessary for traversal
The design consumes appears sophisticated and is likely to be accepted
Physical traversal requires multiple paths should a given path fail or be bottlenecked
Application owners can charge for the additional computer time needed to determine the shortest path

Question 41: Which of the following is a binary tree? Select one:

Question 42: Consider sets X and Y in this figure, and assume those are the only sets under consideration. Which of the following equations leaves only the green part of set X?

Select one:

X = Ø
Y ↔️ X
Y ⟶ X
X = ⇁Y

Question 43: Which of the following is this statement an example of?

Given x in A ∩ B, it follows that x in A. Select one:

Resolution
Specialization
Generalization
Modus Ponens

Question 44: If there are A elements in set X and we wish to group them in sets having (A−b) non-repeating elements, what formula do we use? Assume that X has no repeating elements. Select one:

AA−b
(A−b)!
P (A, A−b)
(A/A−b)

Question 45: 3c.2. Assume that a system has three events (E1, E2, E3). One of these must take place before a fourth event, E4, can occur. Which of the following logical equations ensures one of the first three events take place before the fourth event?

Select one:

E4 = E1 ^ E2 ^ E3
E4 = E1 v E2 v E3
E4 ⊕ E1 ⊕ E2 ⊕ E3
E4 = ᆨE1 v ᆨE2 v ᆨE3

Question 46: What is the negation of this equation?

¬ (A ^ B ∨ ¬C ∨ ¬D) Select one:

¬A ∨ ¬B ^ C ^ D
¬A ^ ¬B ∨ C ∨ D
A ^ B ∨ ¬C ∨ ¬D
¬A ^ ¬B ∨ ¬C ∨ ¬D

Question 47: If P(x) is True for x in C, Q(x) is True for x in D, and P(x) => Q(x), then which of the following is accurate? Select one:

C is a subset of D
D is a subset of C
For some x in D, P(x)
There exists an x in D

Question 48: If it is true that (a → b → c → … → z), which of the following might be a simple way to state an obvious conclusion? Select one:

a → z
a ⇔ z
a ⇒ z
a ⇏ z

Question 49: If we wish to prove that (q0 → q1, q1 → q2, …, qn−1 → qn, qn → qn+1, q0 ⇒ qn+1) is true, what type of reasoning could we employ? Select one:

Analogy
Deductive
Inductive
Reductive

Question 50: In the entertainment industry, customers generally enjoy variety. A producer has a choice between five acts. Three of the acts are aerial and two are magical. Each type of act has one all-female group. If a show is to feature a female act chosen at random, what is the chance that the act will be magical? Select one:

20%
40%
50%
60%

Question 51: 6b.2. If the Fibonacci Sequence is defined as Fk = Fk−2 + Fk−1 for k ≥ 2, is this a complete specification? Why? Select one:

No; you must also know the value of Fk for k = 0
No; you must also know the value of Fk for k = 1 and k = 2
Yes; the recursive sequence resolves itself as it proceeds
Yes; you know everything you need to perform the calculation

Question 52: If an integer n is in N, the set of natural numbers, how would we specify the Kth previous number in the set regardless of the value of n? Select one:

n + K, n ≥ 0
n + 1, n ≥ 0
n – K, n ≥ 0
n – k, n ≥ K

Question 53: Assume we have a mathematical model composed of Gaussian equations (G) centered at different points along a line. The purpose of the model is to predict the value of the next sample as data streams through the model {D1, D2, D3, …}. The prediction of the value of the next data sample is based on the error of the previous prediction and the value of the now-current data sample. What would be a broad and recursive expression for the prediction component of this model? Error is referred to as E, Data as D, and Predicted Value as P. Select one:

P = E*G(D)
Pt = Et*G(Dt)
Pt+1 = Et-1*G(Dt)
Pt+1 = Et-1*G(Dt-1)

Question 54: What is the difference between a graph and a tree? Select one:

A tree has no circular paths
A tree cannot be fully traversed
A tree enables direct access to all nodes
A tree has only one subgraph that contains a cycle

Question 55: Which of the following is correct, using true/false logic? Select one:

1 + 1 = 0
1 + 1 = 1
1 + 1 = 2
1 + 1 = 10

Question 56: Which of the following is this statement an example of?

Given x > 1, it follows that x > 0.

Select one:

Conjunctive specialization
Disjunctive specialization
Elimination
Resolution

Question 57: How do simple induction and strong induction differ? Select one:

They have different base cases
They have different inductive steps
They require different levels of proof
They have different inductive assumptions

Question 58: A recursive mathematical function is a mathematical function f(a, b, …) that has which of the following properties? Select one:

Uses far less memory than its explicit version
Can be calculated once the values of (a, b, c…) are known
Defines none of its input parameter values (a, b, …) in terms related to those same parameter values
Defines some or all of its input parameter values (a, b, …) in terms related to those same parameter values

Question 59: Which of the following best describes a spanning tree? Select one:

A tree within a connected graph that connects all nodes of the graph
A subgraph of a connected graph that is a tree connecting all nodes of the graph
A subgraph of a connected graph that connects all nodes of the graph with a minimum number of edges
A subgraph of a connected graph that is a tree connecting all nodes of the graph with a minimum number of edges

Question 60: Which of the following is this statement an example of?

Given x in A ∪ B’ and x in C ∪ B, it follows that x in A ∪ C.

Select one:

Resolution
Elimination
Disjunctive specialization
Conjunctive specialization

Question 61: If every vertex of a graph has a distance ≤ 4 from a given vertex v, what is the diameter of the graph? Select one:

4
8
≥ 4
≥ 8

Question 62: An Eulerian graph is a graph that does which of the following? Select one:

Contains a circuit that touches every edge of the graph exactly once
Contains one or more circuits that touching each edge of the circuit exactly once
Contains a circuit that contains most edges of the graph, touching each only once
Has no circuits, and the graph can be traversed by touching every vertex exactly once

Question 63: What are the basic components of a tree? Select one:

Vertices, edges, edges with or without direction
Nodes, links, edges without direction, no cycles
Nodes, links, edges with or without direction, no cycles
Nodes, links, edges with direction, only one cyclic subtree

Question 64: Which of the following statements about trees and graphs is true? Select one:

A graph is a tree
A tree is a graph
A graph is directed
A tree can have a loop

Question 65: A special notation shows directional connections between graph vertices and the sensor data required to move from one vertex (system state) to another. For instance, {V1, V2, S} shows the sensor data value required to move from vertex V1 to vertex V2. Which of the following descriptions indicates a system that can be in exactly one of a finite number of states at any given time?

Select one:

Origin State	Target State	Sensor Data Value
V1	V2	10
V2	V4	30
V2	V3	30
V3	V4	40
V4	V3	20
V4	V1	30

Origin State	Target State	Sensor Data Value
V1	V2	10
V2	V1	50
V2	V6	30
V6	V3	40
V3	V2	30
V2	V4	30
V4	V5	30
V5	V6	50

Origin State	Target State	Sensor Data Value
V1	V2	10
V2	V1	50
V2	V6	30
V6	V3	40
V3	V2	30
V2	V4	30
V4	V5	30
V5	V6	50

Origin State	Target State	Sensor Data Value
V1	V2	10
V2	V1	50
V2	V6	30
V6	V3	40
V3	V2	30
V2	V4	20
V4	V5	30
V5	V6	50

Question 66: Consider this situation: The main valve is closed when time equals six and the computer is waiting for another instruction, or when the computer is first initialized. What is the valve’s state when time equals five and the computer is waiting for another instruction, and the computer is ten seconds past its initialization phase? Select one:

The valve is closed
The valve is not closed
The valve remains in its present state
The valve will alternate between open and closed

Question 67: How could the series for 12, 22, 32, …, n2, … and k0, k1, k2, …, kn, …, be solved when k is a constant? Select one:

By deduction on n for both series
By induction on n for the first series and induction on k for the second series
By induction on n2 for the first series and induction on kn for the second series
By induction on n for the first series and induction on both k and n for the second series

Question 68: Conditional probability is given symbolically as P(A|B). Which of the following is the expansion of this rule? Select one:

P(A)/P(B)
P(A∪B)/P(B)
P(A∩B)/P(A)
P(A∩B)/P(B)

Question 69: A random number generator draws integers from a uniform distribution defined on the range 1…100. A seed is selected and then two sets of numbers are sequentially generated: S1 = {2, 16}, S2 = {37, 99, 41, 2}. Considering these two sets only, what can be said about S1 and S2? Select one:

S1 and S2 are independent
S1 and S2 are not independent
S1 and S2 were generated using a weak seed
S1 and S2 were generated using a strong seed

Question 70: The binomial coefficient (nk) is how we write “the number of groups attained if n objects are partitioned into unique groups having k unique members”. If we specify the recursive version of the calculation as (nk)=(n−1k) +(n−1k−1) if n>k>0, what is missing in the specification? Select one:

The result when n=0
The result when k=0
The result when k<0
The result when n=0 and k=0

Introduction to Discrete Structures

Discrete structures are fundamental concepts in mathematics and computer science that deal with countable, distinct, and separate entities. They are central to the study of algorithms, data structures, and various other aspects of computing and discrete mathematics. Here are some key topics within discrete structures:

Set Theory: The study of sets, which are collections of distinct objects. Key concepts include set operations (union, intersection, difference), subsets, power sets, and Cartesian products.
Logic: The study of formal reasoning. It involves propositional logic (dealing with statements that are either true or false) and predicate logic (which deals with predicates and quantifiers). Topics include logical operators, truth tables, logical equivalence, and inference rules.
Functions and Relations: Functions are mappings from one set to another, while relations are generalizations of functions that associate elements of one set with elements of another (or the same) set. Concepts include domain, range, injectivity, surjectivity, bijectivity, and composition of functions.
Combinatorics: The study of counting, arrangement, and combination of discrete structures. It includes topics like permutations, combinations, the pigeonhole principle, and binomial coefficients.
Graph Theory: The study of graphs, which are mathematical structures used to model pairwise relations between objects. Topics include vertices, edges, paths, cycles, connectivity, and graph coloring.
Trees: A type of graph with no cycles, commonly used in data structures. Key concepts include binary trees, tree traversal methods, and applications in hierarchical data representation.
Algorithms: The study of step-by-step procedures for performing computations. Important aspects include sorting and searching algorithms, algorithm complexity (time and space), and algorithm design paradigms (such as divide and conquer, dynamic programming, and greedy algorithms).
Number Theory: The study of properties of integers. Important topics include divisibility, primes, congruences, and modular arithmetic.
Boolean Algebra: The study of algebraic structures that capture the essence of logical operations. It involves binary variables and operations such as AND, OR, NOT, and their properties.
Formal Languages and Automata: The study of abstract machines and languages. Topics include finite automata, regular expressions, context-free grammars, and Turing machines.

These topics are foundational for understanding and solving problems in computer science and discrete mathematics. Each area offers a rich set of concepts and techniques that are widely used in theoretical and practical applications.

July 26, 2024 0 comment

Certification

CS201: Elementary Data Structures Certification Answers

by IndiaSuccessStories July 26, 2024

written by IndiaSuccessStories

CS201: Elementary Data Structures Exam Quiz Answers

Question 1: What is the index of the last element of an array of size 50? Select one:

Question 2: What is the correct way of declaring a two-dimensional array of integers with three rows and four columns? Select one:

int my_array [3][4];
int my_array [4][3];
integer my_array [3][4];
int my_array [3], my_array [4];

Question 3: What is the difference between an abstract data type definition and an instance? Select one:

Each abstract data type can have many definitions. Each is a definition instance.
An instance is the time taken to allocate memory for a defined abstract data type.
An abstract data type has a description or definition that is used to create instances.
Abstract data type definitions give instructions on each instance of memory allocation.

Question 4: A pointer is which of the following? Select one:

Another name for a variable that holds the address of a block of memory
A floating-point number that specifies the address of an array’s first data value
The address of the first byte of a contiguous block of memory allocated by a program
The important information embedded in the assembler code generated by the compiler

Question 5: Which of the following C++ code fragments uses a combination of vectors, or one-dimensional arrays, in non-contiguous memory to build two-dimensional arrays? Select one:

int data [5][6];
std: array<std: array<int,5>,6> data;
int * data = (int*) malloc (5 * 6 * size of(int));
int * data [5]; for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) data [i] = new int [6];

Question 6: What are the operations associated with a stack? Select one:

Push, Pop, Empty
Push, Sort, Retrieve
Add, Remove, Access
Insert, Access, Delete

Question 7: How do stacks allow their elements to be accessed? Select one:

Any entry is directly accessible.
Only the earliest entry is directly accessible.
Only the most recent entry is directly accessible.
Only the entry with the lowest value is accessible.

Question 8: If characters A, B, C, and D are inserted in that order in a queue and then removed one at a time, what will be the correct removal order? Select one:

ABCD
ABDC
DBCA
DCBA

Question 9: What is specific to the circular array implementation of the queue? Select one:

Only one pointer is used to keep track of the “front.”
Only one pointer is used to keep track of the “rear.”
Two pointers are used, one to track the “front” and the other to track the “rear.”
Two pointers are used, one for the next and the other for the previous queue elements.

Question 10: What does the term “enqueue” mean? Select one:

Adding a new element to the rear of a queue.
Adding a new element to the front of a queue.
Removing an element from the front of a queue.
Computing the hash value of the element and inserting it in the queue.

Question 11: What will be printed after the execution of the following code?

int x;

int *a;

a = &x;

*a =5;

cout<< *a;

Select one:

5
The memory address of the variable a
The memory address of the variable x
0 or NULL (depending on the compiler), since the variable a contains a null pointer

Question 12: In the third line of the following code, which operator takes precedence?

int num [10];

int *ptr1 = &num [0];

*ptr1++;

Select one:

*
++
Both operators have the same precedence.
The syntax is incorrect, since pointer variables cannot be incremented.

Question 13: Is it possible for a scalar type to have a different numeric range from one compiler to another on the same machine? Why or why not? Select one:

Yes. Some compilers produce code for lesser bit lengths than the target computer.
Yes. The compiler makes decisions on variable numeric ranges based on memory availability.
No. Compilers for a given bit length do not produce executable code for different bit lengths.
No. The same code syntax is guaranteed to produce the same results regardless of compiler.

Question 14: We can create a dereference operator by adding a(n) ____ in front of the variable name. Select one:

Question 15: What value does variable a hold in the following code?

int x=10;

int *a;

a = &x;

Select one:

The variable a is equal to x.
The variable a is equal to 10.
The variable a points to the memory location of x.
This operation would corrupt the variable a, and should be avoided.

Question 16: What value does the variable galaxy hold in the following line of code?

char *galaxy = “galaxy”;

Select one:

The character string g
The memory address of g
The character string galaxy
Nothing; the code will not compile since the syntax is incorrect

Question 17: In the following code, which variable is a scalar, which is a vector, and which is an array?

int C = 6;

int R = 5;

int *data[R];

for (int i = 0; i < R; i++) data[i] = new int[C];

Select one:

Scalar: C, Vector: R, Array: data[i]
Scalar: int[C], Vector: R, Array: data
Scalar: R, Vector: data, Array: int[C]
Scalar: R, Vector: data[i], Array: data

Question 18: Which of the following statements about constructors in C++ is true? Select one:

A constructor is required to contain input arguments.
A constructor automatically initializes all data members of a class.
A constructor is automatically invoked when a class is instantiated.
The name of the constructor is never the same as the name of the class.

Question 19: During a memory leak, which of the following statements about memory is true? Select one:

It is wasted by the compiler.
It is available but not usable.
It is being used by another program.
It is allocated but never deallocated.

Question 20: Which of the following statements about the memory heap is true? Select one:

It is allocated at design time.
It is allocated at compile time.
It is allocated when an object is deleted.
It is used to dynamically allocate memory.

Question 21: Memory leaks can best be minimized during program execution by doing which of the following? Select one:

Foregoing the use of dynamically-allocated memory
Recasting memory pointers for use by other abstract data types
Ensuring there is a “delete” for every “new”, and a “free” for every “malloc” or “calloc”
Ensuring there is a “free” for every “new”, and a “delete” for every “malloc” or “calloc”

Question 22: Which of the following statements about C++ classes and structures is true? Select one:

Struct declarations are the same in C and C++.
A compiler error results when public or private is not specified.
Class members are private and structure members are public by default.
Class members are public and structure members are private by default.

Question 23: Which list application allows deletion at one end and insertion at the other end? Select one:

Hash Access
First-In/First-Out
Last-In/First-Out
Random Access

Question 24: How many pointers does a node in a doubly linked list have? Select one:

Question 25: What operation cannot be performed on a linked list? Select one:

Adding a node
Deleting a node
Traversing a node
Direct random access to nodes

Question 26: Which of the following types of linked list has one or two links between nodes? Select one:

Singly linked list
Doubly linked list
Circular linked list
Hash-extension linked list

Question 27: The runtime efficiency of merge sort using Big-O notation is which of the following? Select one:

O (n)
O (log n)
O (n 2)
O (n log n)

Question 28: The runtime efficiency of linear search using Big-O notation is which of the following? Select one:

O (n)
O (log n)
O (n 2)
O (n log n)

Question 29: In terms of Big-O notation, the efficiency of selection sort can be represented by which of the following? Select one:

O (n)
O (log n)
O (n 2)
O (n log n)

Question 30: In terms of Big-O notation, the efficiency of merge sort can be represented by which of the following? Select one:

O (n)
O (log n)
O (n 2)
O (n log n)

Question 31: Which of the following sort algorithms uses the divide-and-conquer principle? Select one:

Bubble sort
Insertion sort
Merge sort
Selection Sort

Question 32: What is the worst-case runtime efficiency for linear search of an array? Select one:

O (1)
O (n)
O (log n)
O (n log n)

Question 33: The worst-case number of comparisons required to perform an insertion in an unbalanced binary search tree with n nodes is which of the following? Select one:

O (1)
O (n)
O (log n)
O (n log n)

Question 34: Is linear or binary search algorithm more efficient when searching an array? Select one:

Linear search is more efficient.
Binary search is more efficient.
Linear and binary search are equally efficient.
Either can be more efficient, depending on the type of data involved.

Question 35: Which of the following sorts is most suitable for large amounts of data? Select one:

Bubble sort
Insertion sort
Merge sort
Selection sort

Question 36: How many comparisons does bubble sort have to make while sorting an array? Select one:

n2
n
n^2
log(n)+1

Question 37: Which of the following statements about a complete binary search tree with a depth d and n number of nodes is true? Select one:

n=2(d+1)–1
Space efficiency is < n
The deepest node has depth < log n
Runtime efficiency is log n for all operations

Question 38: Where is an item stored in a hash table? Select one:

At the end of the table
At the beginning of the table
At the key calculated by the function
Relative to the lowest-valued existing item

Question 39: Assume that you have a hash table with 9 slots. Let the hash function be h(k)=k mod 9, where k is the key. The list of keys to be added to the hash table is: 5, 6, 8, 39, 15, 23, 44, 33, and 17. How many entries does Slot 5 of the hash table have? Select one:

Question 40: In a hash table, “chaining” means using which of the following? Select one:

Arrays in contiguous memory
Linked lists in non-contiguous memory
A list to implement the hash table itself
A list to store entries with the same keys

Question 41: Which of the following statements is true? Select one:

Graphs are a special case of trees.
A graph must have at least one edge.
A graph must have at least one vertex.
Vertices are each connected via at least two edges.

Question 42: A good hash function should do which of the following? Select one:

Use real numbers
Allow table overflows
Use some random function
Map any key into one of the slots

Question 43: What can the maximum height of a binary search tree with n nodes be? Select one:

n
n−1
2n
log(n+1)/2

Question 44: The ____ tree-traversal method arrives fastest at a leaf. Select one:

pre-order
post-order
depth-first
breadth-first

Question 45: When do hash tables have collisions? Select one:

When two entries are identical except their keys
When two entries with different data have the same key
When two entries with the same key have different hash values
When two entries with different keys have the same hash value

Question 46: Which of the following statements is true? Select one:

Trails are a subset of walks.
Walks are a subset of circuits.
Paths are a super-set of walks.
Cycles are a super-set of walks.

Question 47: Assume that you have a hash table with 5 slots. Let the hash function be h(k)=k mod 5, where k is the key. Which slot will number 23 map to? Select one:

Question 48: Compared to hashing, which of the following statements about linear probing is true? Select one:

Collisions never occur.
Sequential search looks for the key or its absence when a collision occurs.
Fibonacci steps are used to search for the key or its absence when a collision occurs.
A hash-function parameter is adjusted and the function is recalculated when a collision occurs.

Question 49: A hashing technique is called “perfect” if the worst-case number of memory accesses required to perform a search is which of the following? Select one:

O (1)
O (n)
O (log n)
O (n log n)

Question 50: How can structures and classes be treated as abstract data types? Select one:

Any process having a pointer to the object can call any method within the object.
The memory occupied by the object itself and its internal data is entirely contiguous.
Structures contained within classes are not necessarily accessible outside the class object.
Their data is entirely public and can be changed by any process having a pointer to the object.

Question 51: Why may an array not always occupy contiguous memory? Select one:

Garbage cleanup includes memory defragmentation.
The allocation method may employ blocks that point to sub-blocks.
Memory may be rearranged automatically by the operating system.
There may be insufficient memory to allocate the required block size.

Question 52: Which of the following terms describes adding an item to a stack? Select one:

Inserting
Popping
Pushing
Updating

Question 53: Which of the following terms describes the removal of an element from a stack? Select one:

Deleting
Popping
Pushing
Reallocating

Question 54: What are terms for adding and removing elements from a queue? Select one:

Push, Pop
Insert, Delete
Inject, Extract
Enqueue, Dequeue

Question 55: A pointer is which of the following? Select one:

The memory address of the program’s main () function
A variable that stores the memory address of another variable
The memory address of the program’s last executable statement
The memory address of the program’s first executable statement

Question 56: We can create a reference operator by adding a(n) ____ in front of the variable name. Select one:

Question 57: In C++, how would you extend the numeric range of a normal integer? Select one:

long int i;
double int i;
unsigned int i;
int i [<number of words desired>];

Question 58: What is true about the following code?

int num [10];

int *ptr1 = & (num [0]);

*(ptr1 + 2) = 8;

Select one:

The value of the third element of the array is 8.
The value of the third element of the array is 10.
The pointer ptr1 contains the memory address of the first element of the array.
The pointer ptr1 contains the memory address of the third element of the array.

Question 59: A NULL pointer does which of the following? Select one:

Does not point to any memory address
Holds the memory address of the main method
Points to a memory address that holds no value
Holds the memory address to the end of the program

Question 60: When is memory allocated while using dynamic memory allocation? Select one:

At run time
At design time
At compile time
Only when a class constructor is invoked

Question 61: What is the main purpose of a destructor? Select one:

To end a program
To release resources used by an object
To destroy viruses or malicious programs
To pass resources on to a replacement object

Question 62: A linked list is which of the following? Select one:

A data structure to store values in an array
A data structure that facilitates random access to stored values
A fixed-length data structure that expands and contracts as needed
A data structure where one value points to a subsequent and/or previous value

Question 63: The stack data structure can be implemented as which of the following? Select one:

Hash Table
FIFO Queue
LIFO Queue
LILO Queue

Question 64: The runtime efficiency of binary search using Big-O notation is which of the following? Select one:

O (n)
O (log n)
O (n2)
O (n log n)

Question 65: Which of the following sets of Big-O notations is arranged from most to least efficient? Select one:

O(n), O (log n), O (n2)
O (log n), O(n), O (n2)
O (n2), O(n), O (log n)
O (n2), O (log n), O(n)

Question 66: The expected height of a balanced binary search tree with n nodes is which of the following? Select one:

O (1)
O (n)
O (log n)
O (n log n)

Question 67: The worst runtime case occurs in a linear search algorithm when the item is which of the following? Select one:

The first element in the array
The last element in the array
In the second half of the array
Somewhere in the middle of the array

Question 68: The worst-case scenario for the binary search of an array requires how many comparisons? Select one:

1
n
n+1/2
log(n)+1

Question 69: In terms of Big-O notation, the efficiency of bubble sort can be represented by which of the following? Select one:

O (n)
O (n2)
O (log n)
O (n log n)

Question 70: The worst-case number of comparisons required to perform a deletion in an unbalanced binary search tree with n nodes is which of the following? Select one:

O (1)
O (n)
O (log n)
O (n log n)

Question 71: A ____ may have a repeated edge. Select one:

trail
critical path
spanning tree
multi-branch tree

Question 72: What can the minimum height of a binary-search tree with n nodes be? Select one:

n
n−1
n2
log(n+1)/2

Question 73: For integer-valued keys, which of the following hash functions is bound to generate collisions but no errors, given any range of positive-value keys, an array-table of size t = 1000, and a computer with b = 64-bit words? Select one:

h(i)=i
h(i)=i mod t
h(i)= (i
h(i)= (i mod(b/2)) −b

Question 74: Which of the following statements is true? Select one:

Paths are equivalent to trails.
Walks are a superset of trails.
Cycles are a subset of circuits.
Circuits are a superset of trails.

Question 75: Compared to undirected graphs, directed graphs have which of the following? Select one:

No cycles
Fewer edges
No spanning trees
Edges for traversal in one direction

Question 76: Suppose you have to insert the values 5, 28, 29, 15, 20, 33, 12, 17, 10 into a hash table. Let the hash function h(k)=k mod 9. How many collisions will there be? Select one:

Question 77: The simplest way to solve the problem of “collision” in a hash table is to do which of the following? Select one:

Use chaining
Rebalance the table
Use a random hash function
Increase the size of the hash table

Question 78: “Contiguous memory” is which of the following? Select one:

Memory blocks whose words all have consecutive addresses
Memory blocks that are allocated entirely from active memory
A collection of memory blocks where each block points to the next
A memory block that is allocated using standard language methods

Question 79: In what way are abstract data types (ADTs) related to the C++ Standard Template Library (STL)? Select one:

The STL is a superset from which abstract data types are derived.
An ADT has a description or “definition”. STL members are not so constrained.
The STL is a collection of ADTs that offer definitions of commonly-required objects.
The STL is a library of ADTs created by the programmer over time to promote reusable code.

Question 80: What will the result of compiling this C++ code be?

int x = sum_array [0];

int i = 0;

while (i < sum_array. length)

{x = sum_array[i]; i++;}

Select one:

An infinite loop will occur.
The code will not compile.
At the end of the loop, the sum will be stored in the variable i.
At the end of the loop, the sum will be stored in the variable x.

Question 81: Is it possible for a scalar type to have a different numeric range using the same compiler on different machines? Select one:

Yes. Compilers have options that can be set for the bit-size of the computer in question.
Yes. The loader will always allocate appropriate memory and word lengths for the code in question.
No. The loader is not capable of allocating program space for code built for shorter word lengths.
No. Compilers for one bit-length will not produce executable code for computers of other bit-lengths.

Question 82: Which of the following statements is true? Select one:

A class cannot have more than one constructor.
A constructor without input arguments is not allowed.
A constructor with no arguments is called a default constructor.
A class without a default constructor will cause a compiler error.

Question 83: Which of the following statements about the linked list data structure is true? Select one:

Linked lists occupy contiguous memory.
Memory is allocated at the beginning of the program.
Memory is allocated dynamically as the program runs.
There are no nodes without programmer-assigned data values.

Question 84: In which of the following kinds of linked list does the last node point to the first node? Select one:

Singly linked lists
Doubly linked lists
Multiply linked lists
Circular linked lists

Question 85: What is the essential difference between arrays and linked lists? Select one:

Array elements can be directly accessed, whereas linked list elements can only be accessed via an indexing vector.
Array elements always occupy contiguous memory, whereas linked lists always occupy non-contiguous memory.
Arrays use scalar index values to directly reference an element of the array. linked list elements do not have direct reference.
linked lists always include arrays as linked elements. These arrays provide pointers to subsequent and previous list elements.

Question 86: Which of the following statements about a simple graph is true? Select one:

It may contain loops.
It may have weighted edges.
It contains only undirected edges.
It has nodes that connect via multiple edges.

Question 87: Assume that you have a hash table with 9 slots. Let the hash function be h(k)=k mod 9, where k is the key. The list of keys to be added to the hash table is: 5, 6, 8, 39, 15, 23, 44, 33, and 17. How many entries does Slot 0 of the hash table have? Select one:

Question 88: Suppose you have to insert the values 5, 28, 29, 15, 20, 33, 12, 17, 10 into a hash table. Let the hash function h(k)=k mod 9. At which slot will 33 be inserted? (There are 9 slots in the table.) Select one:

Slot 5
Slot 6
Slot 7
Slot 9

Question 89: Which of the following statements about trees is true? Select one:

Trees can have cycles.
Trees are special cases of graphs.
Trees cannot be implemented using arrays.
Trees must be implemented using objects that point to each other.

Question 90: Assume that you have a hash table with 9 slots. Let the hash function be h(k)=k mod 9, where k is the key. The list of keys to be added to the hash table is: 5, 6, 8, 39, 15, 23, 44, 33, and 17. How many entries does Slot 1 of the hash table have? Select one:

Question 91: A perfect hash function does which of the following? Select one:

Minimizes collisions
Minimizes insertion/deletion time
Produces a unique hash value for each different key
Produces a unique hash value in the least amount of time

Introduction to Elementary Data Structures

Elementary data structures are fundamental constructs in computer science that help in organizing, storing, and managing data efficiently. Understanding these structures is crucial because they form the foundation for more complex data structures and algorithms. Here’s a rundown of some of the basic data structures and their key properties:

1. Arrays

Description: An array is a collection of elements identified by index or key, all of which are of the same data type.
Characteristics:
- Fixed size.
- Elements are stored in contiguous memory locations.
- Allows fast access via indexing (O(1) time complexity).
- Insertions and deletions can be costly (O(n) time complexity) if the array needs to be resized or elements need to be shifted.

2. Linked Lists

Description: A linked list is a collection of nodes where each node contains a data element and a reference (or link) to the next node in the sequence.
Types:
- Singly Linked List: Each node points to the next node.
- Doubly Linked List: Each node points to both the next and the previous node.
- Circular Linked List: The last node points back to the first node.
Characteristics:
- Dynamic size.
- Insertions and deletions are relatively easy and efficient (O(1) time complexity if you have a reference to the node).
- Access time is linear (O(n) time complexity) because you have to traverse nodes sequentially.

3. Stacks

Description: A stack is a collection of elements that follows the Last In, First Out (LIFO) principle.
Operations:
- Push: Add an element to the top.
- Pop: Remove an element from the top.
- Peek: View the element at the top without removing it.
Characteristics:
- Implemented using arrays or linked lists.
- Access to elements is only at the top.
- Useful for problems involving recursion, parsing, and backtracking.

4. Queues

Description: A queue is a collection of elements that follows the First In, First Out (FIFO) principle.
Operations:
- Enqueue: Add an element to the rear.
- Dequeue: Remove an element from the front.
- Peek: View the element at the front without removing it.
Characteristics:
- Can be implemented using arrays or linked lists.
- Useful for scheduling tasks, buffering, and handling asynchronous data.

5. Hash Tables

Description: A hash table is a data structure that maps keys to values using a hash function to compute an index into an array of buckets or slots.
Characteristics:
- Provides fast access, insertion, and deletion (average O(1) time complexity).
- Handles collisions using techniques like chaining (linked lists) or open addressing (probing).
- Performance can degrade if the hash function isn’t well-designed or if the table becomes too full.

6. Trees

Description: A tree is a hierarchical data structure with a root node and children nodes forming a parent-child relationship.
Types:
- Binary Tree: Each node has up to two children.
- Binary Search Tree (BST): A binary tree where the left child is smaller and the right child is larger than the parent node.
- AVL Tree: A self-balancing binary search tree.
- Red-Black Tree: Another self-balancing binary search tree with additional properties to maintain balance.
Characteristics:
- Allows hierarchical data representation and efficient searching, insertion, and deletion.
- Operations depend on the type of tree and its balancing.

7. Heaps

Description: A heap is a special tree-based data structure that satisfies the heap property:
- Min-Heap: The key at the root is the smallest among all keys in the heap.
- Max-Heap: The key at the root is the largest among all keys in the heap.
Characteristics:
- Used to implement priority queues.
- Supports efficient access to the minimum or maximum element (O(1) time complexity) and insertion/deletion (O(log n) time complexity).

These data structures are building blocks for designing efficient algorithms and systems. Understanding their strengths and limitations helps in selecting the right structure for different problems and optimizing performance.

July 26, 2024 0 comment

Certification

CS120: Bitcoin for Developers Certification Exam Answers

by IndiaSuccessStories July 26, 2024

written by IndiaSuccessStories

CS120: Bitcoin for Developers Exam Quiz Answers

Question 1: Which of the following is one of the defining characteristics of Bitcoin’s peer-to-peer networks?

A lack of a central authority to coordinate the network
A set of mining nodes that are designated as leader nodes
A clear and rigid structure that makes the network consistent

Question 2: Which of the following best describes how Bitcoins are transferred from one user to another?

The Bitcoin ledger is updated to debit one account and credit another
Every 10 mins. miners vote on the appropriate balance for every account
Every transaction consumes one or more outputs, UTXOs, to create new outputs

Question 3: Which of the following best explains how the Bitcoin ecosystem maintains a balance of power such that no one interest group can control the network?

Influence over the Bitcoin network is held equally between miners and software developers
There is no stable balance of power, as it constantly shifts between large businesses using the network
Developers, miners, wallets, merchants, and exchanges all hold influence and no one entity can dictate a change to Bitcoin

Question 4: What does it mean for a blockchain network to be permission-less?

All transactions are approved by the network
Miners can join the network without approval from the mining council
Anyone can join the network and transactions can be created or sent without an intermediary

Question 5: What is meant when someone comments on “transaction status”?

Transaction status refers to the complexity of a transaction, since transactions with many outputs are complex
Transaction status refers to whether or not a transaction has been “confirmed” and is included in the blockchain and the number of “confirmations” or proceeding blocks
Transaction status is a complex calculation that consists of the number of votes on the validity of that transaction from miners and the ratings that those voting miners currently have

Question 6: Why are digital signatures so important to preventing fraudulent transactions?

They make it possible for any tampering of transaction data to be quickly detected
They encrypt transaction data making it nearly impossible to convincingly alter the original data
They allow for the quick summation and identification of data allowing a transaction in the wrong place to be easily discovered

Question 7: Which of the following is a sought-after feature of asymmetric encryption that has led to it being widely adopted?

It uses fewer server resources to encrypt and decrypt
It does not require a secure key transfer between users
It uses algorithms that are more secure than other forms of encryption

Question 8: Which of the following best explains the functional difference between public and private keys?

Public keys are public and private keys are private
Public keys are used to encrypt data, while private are used to decrypt and/or sign data
Public keys can be used to decrypt and/or sign data, while private keys are used to encrypt data

Question 9: There is a popular saying in the Bitcoin community, “not your keys, not your coins”. What this means is that if you don’t have control over the private keys associated with your Bitcoin, you don’t directly control that Bitcoin. Which of the following options best explains why?

Private keys unlock the computing power on the network so that your transactions can be mined
The private key is required to sign a transaction to move Bitcoin from one address to another on the network
A private key is needed to locate your specific Bitcoin, otherwise your wallet will not be able to locate your coins on the vast Bitcoin network

Question 10: Bitcoin public and private keys are created using Elliptic Curve cryptography, which uses a “generator point” to do what?

A unique generator point is multiplied by 5 to create a private key
The private key, a number, is multiplied by the generator point to create the public key
The generator point is multiplied by different values to create both the public and private keys

Question 11: Which of the following best describes the relationship between a public and private key?

The public key is derived from the private key
A public key is a number approximately three times the private key
Both the public and private keys are created at the same time from the same function

Question 12: Which of the following is a security benefit provided by cryptographic signatures on Bitcoin transactions?

Nonrepudiation – proof that the holder of the private key signed the transaction
Validity – if a transaction is signed you can be sure that it will be accepted by the network as valid
Irreversibility – once a Bitcoin transaction is signed, it is guaranteed to be included in the blockchain

Question 13: Which of the following best describes what a digital signature is?

A very large prime number
A complex and unique mathematical formula
Two numbers commonly referred to as the R and S values

Question 14: Which of the following best describes what a SIGHASH is?

A hashing method used to hash a transaction prior to signing
A series of hashes applied to a signature prior to broadcasting the transaction
A way of indicating which part of a transaction’s data was used in the creation of a signature

Question 15: What type of cryptographic signatures does Bitcoin use?

RSA
PEM
ECDSA

Question 16: Which of the following accurately describes the utility of hashing?

Hash functions are the most secure encryption algorithms available
Hashing is a one-way function that can be used to obscure data while creating an identifier for it
Hash functions are simple but uncommon; their limited use makes working with them challenging thus helping to reduce Bitcoin’s attack surface

Question 17: What feature of hashes makes them useful in the Bitcoin mining process?

Finding a hash of a value requires time and power while verifying is quick and easy
Hashes are fast and easy to compute while decrypting them requires a specific key
Hashes are fast and easy to compute while verifying them requires a set of previous hashes

Question 18: Which of the following is an accurate description of one way that Bitcoin uses hash functions?

A blocks hash is used as a Block identifier
Transactions are hashed many times to securely encrypt them
Hashes are almost exclusively for producing correctly formatted Bitcoin addresses

Question 19: What is one of the advantages of using a hash as an identifier of data?

Hashing is a one-way function that creates a unique identifier, yet is not feasibly reversible so won’t reveal the original data
Hashing is a two-way function that creates an identifier that is reversible so that the original data can be decrypted and accessed
Hashing is a multifaceted set of functions that can be used for a wide variety of purposes including to create arrays of transaction IDs

Question 20: Which of the following is a feature used to help prevent fraud in Bitcoin transactions?

SHA256 encryption, as it is the most secure algorithm
Base58, as inaccurate transactions will not be properly encoded
Merkle Trees, as any change to any transactions is the tree would alter the final hash

Question 21: Base58 is an encoding method developed for Bitcoin. Which of the following is also true of its origins?

Base58 is a variant of Base64
Base58 is closely related to hex encoding
Base58 is a more complex version of DER encoding

Question 22: What is the utility of a version prefix in Bitcoin addresses?

The prefix makes the address more easily machine readable
To differentiate between types of address which helps to prevent errors
To show which version of Bitcoin was being used when the address was created

Question 23: Which of the following is an accurate summary of the data in a Bitcoin block header?

A block header contains a version number, the previous block’s hash, the block’s Merkel root, a timestamp, the difficulty target, and a nonce
A block header contains a version number, the previous block’s Merkle Tree, the block’s number of transactions, a timestamp, the block height, and a nonce
A block header contains a Merkle root, the previous block’s hash, the block’s number of transactions, a timestamp, and a summary of the Proof-of-Work done to produce the block

Question 24: Which of the following data formats is often used for cryptographic keys due to its specificity?

DER
JSON
SQL

Question 25: Which of the following is one function of a Bitcoin node?

Bitcoin nodes sort transactions by priority level
Bitcoin nodes forward valid transactions to other nodes on the network
Bitcoin nodes route transactions according to their geolocation, sending transactions to nodes near the originating node

Question 26: When setting up a mainnet node, what extra precaution should you take?

Download from two different sources
Verify the release signature on the software download
Create your own wallet seed by doing the math on a simple calculator

Question 27: Besides maintaining keys, what other functions do wallets generally serve?

They also construct transactions, and sort network data by priority
They also sign transactions and collect fees from transaction validation
They also construct transactions, sign transactions, and track transactions

Question 28: When creating a transaction via Bitcoin-cli, when is the signature created?

The signature and the transaction are always created simultaneously
The signature is created first and added to the transaction when it is ready
After a transaction has been created, the transaction data is used to create a signature

Question 29: Which scripts do nodes check when validating a transaction?

The unlocking scripts
The locking and unlocking scripts
The locking, unlocking, and mining scripts

Question 30: Which of the following best describes a UTXO?

An output of a transaction that is in the mempool waiting to be mined
An unavailable transaction output that cannot be spent until a future date
An output of a transaction that can be spent as an input in a new transaction

Question 31: When a wallet creates a new transaction, how does it then get propagated throughout the Bitcoin network?

The transaction is added to the official node registry
The wallet will tell the top 5 nodes that it is connected to, who will tell the mining nodes that they are connected to
The wallet will tell all the nodes that it is connected to about the transactions, who will then tell all the nodes that they are connected to

Question 32: The original form of Bitcoin transactions involved locking funds to an address created by performing some hash functions on a public key. Which of the following is the name for that type of Bitcoin address?

JBOK
P2SH
P2PKH

Question 33: Which of the following best describes which checks are run when a transaction is being validated?

Three checks: signature validation, output script validation and transaction history validation
When a non-mining node validates a transaction, only the signatures are checked; a mining node will run all available validation checks
Many checks, including checking that the inputs have not previously been spent, that the amount is valid, that there are appropriate signatures on inputs, and that the output scripts are valid

Question 34: Which of the following best describes the difference between a hard fork and a soft fork?

A soft fork carries a higher risk of network partition or split than a hard fork
A hard fork will partition or split the network if not all nodes are updated, while a soft fork allows un-updated nodes to remain on the network
A hard fork will partition or split the network if not all nodes are updated, while a soft fork will only partition the network if less than 80% of the nodes are updated

Question 35: What important role do nodes play in consensus?

They alter invalid transactions to make them compliant with current network consensus rules
They must collect a signature from at least two full nodes before their block is considered valid
They validate all transactions and blocks against consensus rules to prevent the propagation of invalid data

Question 36: How is it that any changes to any transactions in the blockchain would alter the entire chain from that point forward?

The required double-hashing prevents fraud
All communication on the network is recorded by full nodes
Every block header contains both the hash of the previous block and the Merkle tree root

Question 37: Which of the following best describes the structure of a peer-to-peer network?

A hierarchical structure with tiers for each level of user
A flat structure where any node can talk to any other node
A variable structure that adjusts depending on the set of active participants

Question 38: Which of the following options best describes why Bitcoin miners don’t control the Bitcoin ecosystem?

Government regulation prevents any one area from having too large a concentration of miners
Bitcoin maintains a rigid governance structure which allows for others in the ecosystem to vote on who can mine Bitcoin in each cycle
If miners were to implement consensus rules in disagreement with the rest of the ecosystem, the merchants, exchanges, and wallets would not accept any of the Bitcoin they have earned

Question 39: What does it mean for a blockchain to be “neutral”?

The blockchain will process any valid transaction regardless of sender, receiver, or content
The blockchain will only process neutral transactions that don’t favor some miners over others
The blockchain has a majority of nodes in countries that are permissive towards blockchain technology

Question 40: Which of the following best describes the difference between symmetric and asymmetric encryption?

Symmetric encryption is more reliable
Asymmetric encryption does not require a key exchange
Asymmetric encryption uses newer, more secure encryption algorithms

Question 41: Which of the following best summarizes the relationship between Bitcoin addresses and cryptographic keys?

A standard Bitcoin address is derived from a public key through a series of hash functions
A Bitcoin address is the hash of a secret number which is then encrypted with a public key
Both a publicand the corresponding private key are required to generate a Bitcoin address

Question 42: Does a cryptographic signature provide proof that a message hasn’t been altered?

Yes; the original message is recorded in the signature database
Yes; a signature will not be successfully verified with any message other than the original message that was signed
No; a cryptographic signature proves who the message is from but does not provide protection from message alteration

Question 43: What data is needed to validate a signature?

The original message, the signature, and the public key
The original message, and 5 or more signatures produced by the same private key
The original message, the signature, the public key, and the nonce used to create the signature

Question 44: Which of the following best describes why raw Bitcoin transactions are often hard to understand?

Parts of the transaction are encrypted
Transaction data includes only references in the inputs and signatures
To properly compile a transaction, you’ll need data from the previous 10 blocks

Question 45: Which of the following best describes what would happen if you made an edit to a signed message prior to checking the validity of the signature?

A signature validation script would return an error
It depends on how much of the message was changed
It depends if the public or private key was used in the validation function

Question 46: Which of the following best describes why hashing is so useful in creating the race between Bitcoin mining nodes?

While it is possible to guess the correct hash for a certain set of data, it takes a lot of computing power to create the hash
It is infeasible to guess what data will create a certain hash, but it’s very easy to verify that certain data was used to create a certain hash
Creating and verifying hashes require a big commitment of computing power, which makes them difficult to compute but also difficult to guess

Question 47: Which of the following is an accurate statement about how the Bitcoin network adjusts the mining difficulty level?

The hashing algorithm used in mining is adjusted by the software every two weeks
The number of zeros that block hash must start with is voted on by all miners every 2016 blocks
The number of zeros that a block hash must start with is adjusted by the software every 2016 blocks

Question 48: Which of the following is one way that Bitcoin uses hashing to summarize data?

Base58
Merkle Trees
Proof-of-Work

Question 49: Which of the following is an accurate statement about the variety of hashing algorithms?

Hashing was invented for the Bitcoin protocol
There are a wide variety of hashing algorithms available
There are currently only 3 hashing algorithms that are considered secure

Question 50: Which of the following is one use of a Merkle Tree in Bitcoin?

A Merkle Tree is used to summarize all transactions in a block
A Merkle Tree is used to standardize the links between all blocks in the chain
A Merkle Tree is used to summarize the Proof-of-Work that went into creating a block

Question 51: What is one reason hex is a popular encoding choice and is used heavily in Bitcoin?

Hex is a much faster encoding process than Base64
Hex requires more computational power but is more secure
Hex works better than decimal for displaying binary values to humans

Question 52: Which of the following explains why checksums are used in Bitcoin addresses?

A checksum is part of the address creation process
A checksum is a standard and easily human-readable format
A checksum can detect a typo in a Bitcoin address helping to prevent errors

Question 53: To link blocks together, in a chain, what data is included in a block header?

The previous block’s hash
The previous 10 block’s hashes
The previous block’s Merkle root

Question 54: Different data formats have different use cases. Which of the following is an accurate description of when certain formats are best?

Base58 used for text, while Hex used more often for numbers
DER is used primarily for Bitcoin addresses, while Base64 is used for block headers
Data is transmitted on the Bitcoin network using SQL, while ASN.1 is used for hashing

Question 55: When configuring the Bitcoin daemon, you can select which network to run. What are the options available?

Ropsten, testnet, and regtest
Mainnet, betanet, and Ropsten
Mainnet, testnet, or a local regtest network

Question 56: What advantages do Hierarchical Deterministic (HD) wallets have over Just a Bunch of Keys (JBOK) wallets?

An HD wallet uses a more secure private key as compared to JBOK wallets
An HD wallet allows for the backing up of all the keys created by the wallet with one piece of static data
HD wallets have an easier to remember Mnemonic seed while JBOK wallets have a much longer Mnemonic seed

Question 57: How are transaction fees included in a transaction?

Transactions fees are always a clear flat fee that is set every 144 blocks
Transactions fees are calculated from the difference between inputs and outputs
Transactions fees are dynamically calculated based on the value of the Bitcoin being transferred

Question 58: Fees are an important part of any transaction. What are Bitcoin transaction fees based on?

The size of the transaction in kilobytes
The amount of the transaction in satoshis
The type of locking script used in the transaction

Question 59: Why are Bitcoin scripts considered stateless?

The state is known by all nodes on the network
All the information needed to execute a script is contained within the script
All the information needed to execute the script can be obtained after the script is decrypted

Question 60: Which of the following best describes how a miner chooses which transactions to include in its next candidate block?

The selection is generally random
Miners will generally include transactions with the highest fees first
Miners will always include the transactions they saw first, first in, first out

Question 61: Which of the following best describes op codes?

They exclusively validate signatures on Bitcoin transactions
They can perform a variety of functions within a Bitcoin script
They are used to embed different types of data into the Bitcoin blockchain

Question 62: When a node receives a new block, which checks does it run on the transactions in that block?

Validation of the block header and the Merkle root
Signature validation of all transactions in the block
Signature validation, validation of the block header, and the Merkle root

Question 63: Which of the following is a potential consequence of a hard fork?

Latency on the network
Mining nodes may crash
A partition or split of the network

Question 64: Why can a miner not spend their mining reward for 100 blocks?

The miner may disappear from the network
It may be found that the block was actually invalid
There may be some network disagreements of which block is next in the chain

Question 65: Which of the following is an accurate description of how the Bitcoin network tracks value?

The distributed ledger tracks the number of coins in each account and adjusts when a transaction occurs
The total value on the network is hard to track since each user is required to maintain their own accounts
Value is stored and transferred via Unspent Transaction Outputs (UTXOs) locked and unlocked via scripts

Question 66: Which of the following best describes why Bitcoin developers don’t control the Bitcoin ecosystem?

The large Bitcoin exchanges can approve which developers work on the core implementation
All Bitcoin miners must vote on any proposed software updates before any changes are added to the Bitcoin code repository
Bitcoin is an open-source project, so anyone can make their own version of it and others in the ecosystem can decide which version to run

Question 67: What steps would you take to check on the status of a transaction using a blockchain explorer?

Follow the steps outlined by the Bitcoin wallet, which provides users with all the necessary information
Find the transaction ID, visit a reputable blockchain explorer website, enter the ID in the search bar, check the transaction status and the number of confirmations
Find the transaction ID, use a Bitcoin command line interface to check which block the transaction was included in, search for that block in a blockchain explorer

Question 68: Which of the following best describes how Bitcoin uses cryptographic signatures?

Signatures are used to encrypt transaction data as a security measure
Signatures are used as a fixed length unique identifier of transaction data
Signatures are used to assure that a message is authentic and has not been tampered with

Question 69: Why does a private key need to remain private?

Anyone with a private key can encrypt data and validate the signature from a public key
Private keys include sensitive personal information that is required when generating the key
Anyone with a private key can sign messages and decrypt data encrypted with the matching public key

Question 70: Which of the following is true of the relationship between public keys and Bitcoin addresses?

At least two public keys are used to create one Bitcoin address
Bitcoin addresses are often derived from a public key using a one-way function
Bitcoin addresses and public keys are derived using the same hashing functions

Question 71: Which of the following is a feature of hashing that Bitcoin makes use of?

A hash function can be used to encrypt data
A hash can be used as a unique identifier of data
A hash can be used to delay the release of data via its encryption functions

Question 72: Which of the following is an accurate description of one way that hashing is used in the Bitcoin mining process?

Miners race to find a block hash that meets with the current network standards
Miners race to find the hashing algorithm that best fits the current block being mined
Miners race to find a hash for each transaction in the block that meets with the current network standards

Question 73: Why was the new encoding method, Base58, created for Bitcoin?

Base58 is a more complex yet more secure version of hex
Base58 was created to provide an open-source version of Base64
Base58 removes easily confused characters helping to reduce the chances of typos

Question 74: One common encoding method used in cryptography is DER. Which of the following is true of the DER encoding method?

DER tags are very similar to hex tags which can create some confusion
DER uses a Tag-Length-Value format where the tag is often the type of data
DER tags are not widely used as they have been replaced with a key-value system

Question 75: Which of the following best describes the Bitcoin scripting language?

Bitcoin script is a fork of C++
Bitcoin script is a Forth-like reverse-polish notation stack-based execution language
Bitcoin script is a Forth-like reverse-polish notation object-oriented execution language

Question 76: Which nodes validate which transactions?

Every node validates every transaction
Only mining nodes validate all transactions
Non-mining nodes validate P2PKH transactions

Question 77: Why will two versions of the same transaction, a double spends, not be included in the same block?

A miner could only collect reduced fees on a double spend transaction
The network relies on the majority of miners being honest to prevent this issue
Miners would not benefit from including a double spend as that block would be rejected by the network

Question 78: Which of the following best describes the interaction between public keys, private keys, and Bitcoin in a standard Bitcoin transaction?

To move Bitcoin, a signature from both the public and private keys are required.
Bitcoin is locked to an address created from a public key. A signature from the corresponding private key is then required to move funds from that address.
Bitcoin is locked to an address created from a public key. To move funds from that address, the Bitcoin must first be decrypted using the corresponding private key.

Question 79: Which of the following options best describes how public and private keys are used to encrypt and decrypt data?

The public key is used to encrypt data that can then only be decrypted using the corresponding private key
Both the public and private keys are used to encrypt data that can then only be accessed with the private key
A public key and a series of hashes are used to encrypt data, while the private key and the original hashed data is used to decrypt that data

Question 80: Which of the following is true about the creation of cryptographic signatures?

Bitcoin uses a variety of curves in the creation of transaction signatures
There is only one working cryptographic signature algorithm that has not been compromised
There are many different algorithms and curves that can be used to generate cryptographic signatures

Question 81: What data do you need to verify a hash?

The hashing private key
The original data and the hashing algorithm used
An array of hashes produced with the same algorithm

Question 82: Which of the following is a serialization method used for signatures on Bitcoin transactions?

Json
DER
XML

Question 83: Which of the following is a reason why someone may want to run a Bitcoin full node?

Because they can earn money from validating transactions
Because they wish to be able to independently validate all transactions on the network
Because running a full node will allow them to have their transactions treated as a priority

Question 84: How does the Bitcoin daemon communicate with other programs?

RPC
JSON
REST API

Question 85: The Bitcoin daemon often displays transaction data in what encoding format?

DER
Hex
RPC

Question 86: Which of the following are two types of Bitcoin transactions?

P2PKH P2SH
P2KH, and HTLC
P2PKH and P2MH

Question 87: Why is it inherently difficult to update the Bitcoin consensus rules?

The rounds of voting required take resources away from the network
It takes a lot of mining power for all the miners to vote on the changes
There is no centralized decision-maker and most participants need to support changes

Question 88: How is conflicting data on the network resolved?

Non-mining nodes can vote on the version of the data that they think is true
When miners have conflicting data, the “winning” miner’s version of history becomes the truth on the network
A random number generator is used to select the miner whose version of transaction history will be added to the blockchain

Introduction to Bitcoin for Developers

Bitcoin, as a decentralized digital currency, offers a wide array of opportunities for developers to engage with its technology and ecosystem. If you’re a developer looking to dive into Bitcoin, there are several key areas to focus on:

1. Understanding Bitcoin Basics

Blockchain Technology: Learn about the decentralized ledger that records all Bitcoin transactions.
Consensus Mechanisms: Understand how Bitcoin uses Proof of Work (PoW) to validate transactions and secure the network.
Cryptographic Hashing: Study how cryptographic hashes (like SHA-256) are used in Bitcoin to secure data and transactions.

2. Bitcoin Core and Node Setup

Bitcoin Core: The reference implementation of Bitcoin’s software. Familiarize yourself with its setup, configuration, and usage.
Running a Full Node: Learn how to set up and run a Bitcoin full node to help validate transactions and blocks.
RPC Interface: Understand how to interact with Bitcoin Core using its JSON-RPC API to send commands and retrieve data.

3. Bitcoin Protocol and Network

Bitcoin Improvement Proposals (BIPs): Review key BIPs to understand protocol changes and enhancements.
Transaction Structure: Learn about transaction inputs, outputs, and scripts (Script language) used in Bitcoin.
Block Structure: Understand how blocks are structured and how they fit into the blockchain.

4. Development Tools and Libraries

Bitcoin Libraries: Explore libraries and frameworks like bitcoin-lib for Java, bitcoinjs-lib for JavaScript, and pycoin for Python.
Wallet Development: Study how to create and manage Bitcoin wallets, including key generation, signing transactions, and HD wallets.
Testing: Use test networks like Bitcoin Testnet or Regtest to develop and test your applications without using real Bitcoin.

5. Building Bitcoin Applications

Payment Processing: Implement Bitcoin payment processing in your application using services like BitPay or directly interacting with the Bitcoin network.
Smart Contracts: Explore Bitcoin’s scripting capabilities for creating simple contracts, although Bitcoin’s scripting language is less advanced compared to Ethereum.

6. Security Best Practices

Private Key Management: Ensure secure storage and handling of private keys.
Transaction Security: Implement measures to prevent common vulnerabilities like double-spending or transaction malleability.

7. Community and Resources

Developer Documentation: Check out the Bitcoin Developer Documentation for comprehensive resources.
Forums and Discussions: Engage with communities on forums like StackExchange or Reddit for advice and collaboration.

8. Staying Updated

Bitcoin Upgrades: Keep up with the latest developments and upgrades in the Bitcoin protocol.
News and Trends: Follow Bitcoin news to stay informed about market trends and technological advancements.

By focusing on these areas, you’ll be well-equipped to develop applications and contribute to the Bitcoin ecosystem.

July 26, 2024 0 comment

Certification

CS107: C++ Programming Certification Exam Answers

by IndiaSuccessStories July 26, 2024

written by IndiaSuccessStories

CS107: C++ Programming Exam Quiz Answers

Question 1: The first program ever written was written for which device? Select one:

Analytical engine
ENIAC
Altair
Von Neumann Architecture

Question 2: To create a program in Eclipse, which of the following must you first create? Select one:

C++ class
C++ project
C++ package
C++ program file

Question 3: This code produces an error message. Where will the error occur, and why?

1 bool a = 1;

2 int b = 2 + 4;

3 float c = 4;

4 counts<<a + b<<endl;

Select one:

Line 1: a is a boolean variable, so it cannot accept an integer
Line 2: Any calculations must be on the left side of the assignment statement
Line 3: Since c is a float, we must assign it the value 4.0
Line 4: You must complete the calculations before you can request to output

Question 4: What is the first output on the screen after the following code is compiled and its executable run?

1 #include <iostream>

2 #include <string>

3 #include <sstream>

4 using namespace std;

5 int main () {

6 string str;

7 float price = 0;

8 int quantity = 0;

9 counts << “Enter price: “;

10 getline (cin, str);

11 stringstream (str) >> price;

12 counts << “Enter quantity: “;

13 getline (cin, str);

14 stringstream (str) >> quantity;

15 counts << price * quantity << endl;

16 return 0;

17}

Select one:

Enter:
Enter price:
Enter quantity:
Enter >>price

Question 5: Which of the following will allow the user to read input to collect the value of the variable age? Select one:

cin<<age;
cin>>age;
count<<age;
count>>age;

Question 6: Assume that you have two variables, a1 = 5 and a2 = 2, both declared as an int. What is the result of a3 with this calculation?

double a3 = double (a1 % a2)

Select one:

1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5

Question 7: Which of the following statements about variable names is true? Select one:

A valid variable name can be up to 40 characters in length.
A valid variable name can start with a number and end with a number.
A valid variable name may consist of letters, digits, and the underscore (_) character.
A valid variable name may contain uppercase letters, which are no different than lowercase letters.

Question 8: Assume that you have two variables, a1 = 5 and a2 = 2, both declared as an int. What is the result of a3 with this calculation?

int a3 = a1/ a2

Select one:

Question 9: Given the values a = 5, b = 6, c = 2, and d = 3, what is the value of result for this formula?

int result = a % c + b + d * a

Select one:

Question 10: Which order will the operations in this formula be calculated in? Use the number beneath each operation sign for reference.

double result = 3 + 5 % 2 – 1 * (3 + (8 – 2) / 3)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Select one:

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
2, 4, 7, 1, 3, 5, 6
6, 7, 5, 1, 2, 3, 4
6, 7, 5, 2, 4, 1, 3

Question 11: What is the output after the following code is compiled and its executable run?

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

int main () {

int a, b, c;

a = 5;

b = 6;

c = (a>b)? a: b;

count << c << “\n”;

return 0;

}

Select one:

Question 12: What type of conditional is executed in this code?

if (x > 0)

{

count << “x is positive” << endl;

} else if (x < 0)

{

count << “x is negative” << endl;

} else

{

count << “x is zero” << endl;

}

Select one:

Alternative execution
Chained conditional
Nested conditional
Unary conditional

Question 13: While debugging in Eclipse, which key do you use to step over the call? Select one:

Question 14: C++ provides standard mechanisms to check if the allocation was successful. Which of the following is one way to do this? Select one:

Use the nothrow method
Use the noallocate method
Check the data before it is entered
Use a bad_allocation_fail exception

Question 15: What is the output after this code is compiled and its executable run?

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

void pn (int x, int& p, int& n) {

p = x-1;

n = x+1;

}

int main () {

int x = 10, y, z;

pn (x, y, z);

count << y << “, “ << z << “\n”;

return 0;

}

Select one:

9, 10
9, 11
10, 11
11, 9

Question 16: Which of the following is required to pass an argument by reference? Select one:

swap (2,3); Pass the values as literals
swap (&x, &y); Send the address of the variable as an argument
&a, &b = swap (x, y); It must be returned to a variable as an address
void swap (int &x, int &y); Receive the variables in the parameter as an address

Question 17: Suppose I had a phone number stored in a string variable named phone. The value in the phone variable is 289–638–4278. What series of statements would change the area code to be expressed in parentheses, as (289)638–4278? Select one:

phone = “(” + phone. replace (phone. find (‘0’),1,”) “;
phone. replace (phone. find (‘-‘), “)”);
phone. insert (0,”(“);

phone. replace (phone. find (‘-‘),1,”) “);

phone. replace (0,”(“);

phone. replace (phone. find (‘-‘),1,”) “);

Question 18: Which array has more elements, int i[ 3 ][ 5 ] or int j[ 15 ]? Select one:

i and j are equal
i is currently larger than j
j is currently larger than i
The size of j is dynamic and will expand as needed so j will be larger than i

Question 19: Which of the following situations would be the best time to use destructors? Select one:

When the object has created an error
When we want to create a new object
When we want to release the memory that the object possesses
When we want to capture the memory that the object possesses

Question 20: When is a constructor function called? Select one:

Explicitly, whenever a new object of the constructor class is created
Automatically, whenever a new object of the constructor is destroyed
Automatically, whenever a new object of the constructor class is created
If it is defined in the class and called when a new object of this class is created

Question 21: Which of the following is an example of function overloading? Select one:

void setInfo (string a) {} void (string b) {}
void setInfo (int a) {} string setInfo (int a) {}
void setInfo (int a, int b) {} void setInfo (int b, int a) {}
void setInfo (int a, int b) {} void setInfo (int a, string b){}

Question 22: What does the keyword this represent? Select one:

A reference to a memory location of a variable
A pointer to the function that is being executed
An object whose member function is being executed
A pointer to the object whose member function is being executed

Question 23: What are the static data members of a class? Select one:

Members with one unique value for all the objects of that same class
Members with one unique value for all the objects of multiple classes
Members with multiple unique values for all the objects of that same class
Members with multiple unique values for all the objects of multiple classes

Question 24: Given two classes, Person and Student, how do we define within the Student class that Student is a friend of Person? Select one:

friend class Person ();
friend Person;
class friend Person;
friend class Person;

Question 25: Which of the following is this image an example of?

Select one:

Hierarchical inheritance
Hybrid inheritance
Multilevel inheritance
Multiple inheritance

Question 26: What error is included in this code?

#include <iostream>

#include <math>

using namespace std;

int main ()

{

countdown (3);

return 0;

}

void printLogarithm (double x)

{

if (x <= 0.0) {

count << “Positive numbers only, please.” << endl;

return;

}

double result = log (x);

count << “The log of x is “ << result;

}

void countdown (int n) {

if (n == 0) {

count << “Blastoff!” << endl;

} else {

count << n << endl;

countdown (n-1);

}

Select one:

The functions appear after the main
Main does not call the correct function
The functions should have a return value
The printLogarithm function should contain an else clause

Question 27: Which of the following best describes polymorphism? Select one:

It uses a derived class in a similar manner as the base class, with the use of pointers
It takes advantage of the fact that a pointer to a derived class is type-compatible with a pointer to its base class
It takes advantage of the fact that a class has only a single function with the same data type pointing to the derived class
It makes sure that all pointers in the derived class point to functions within the base class, but not to the operator members

Question 28: What is the output after this code is compiled and its executable run?

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

class polygon {

protected:

int width, height;

public:

void setValues (int a, int b) {width=a; height=b;}

};

class output {

public:

void output (int i);

};

void output: output (int i) {

count << i;

}

class rectangle: public polygon, public output {

public:

int area () {return (width * height);}

};

class triangle: public polygon, public output {

public:

int area () {return (width * height / 2);}

};

int main () {

rectangle rct;

triangle trgl;

rct. setValues (4,5);

trgl. setValues (4,5);

rct. output (rct. area ());

count << ” “;

trgl. output (trgl. area ());

count << “\n”;

return 0;

}

Select one:

4 5
5 4
10 20
20 10

Question 29: How do we define a mutator named setName? Select one:

string setName () {return name;}
void setName () {name = myname;}
string setName(myname) {name = myname;}
void setName (string myname) {name = myname;}

Question 30: Which of the following is the correct use of a template? Select one:

template<typename T>

class Foo {

public:

Foo ();

void someMethod (typename T x);

private:

typename T x;

};

class Foo {

public:

Foo ();

void someMethod (T x);

private:

T x;

};

template<typename T>

class Foo {

public:

Foo ();

void someMethod (T x);

private:

T x;

};

<typename T>template

class Foo {

public:

Foo ();

void someMethod (T x);

private:

T x;

};

Question 31: What import statement is used to read and write from/to files? Select one:

#include <iostream>
#include <ofstream>
#include <ifstream>
#include <fstream>

Question 32: Given the code below, you want the method to issue an error if b is equal to zero, so that you are not dividing by zero. Write the code in line 3 that issues this error.

1 double division (int a, int b) {

2 if (b == 0) {

3 <Enter code here>

5 returns (a/b);

Select one:

throws “Division by zero condition!”;
throw “Division by zero condition!”;
exception “Division by zero condition!”;
catch “Division by zero condition!”;

Question 33: Who developed the C++ programming language? Select one:

Brian Kernighan
Bjarne Stroustrup
Dennis Ritchie
Ken Thompson

Question 34: Why would the output of 13/5 be 2 and not 2.6? Select one:

When we divide, the result is always a float.
When we divide, the result is always an integer.
When we divide two integers, the result will always be an integer.
When we divide two numbers, the result will be a float, which then gets converted to an integer.

Question 35: Which of the following will allow the user to read input to collect the value of the variable age? Select one:

cin<<age;
cin>>age;
cout<<age;
cout>>age;

Question 36: Which of the following statements about variable names is true? Select one:

A valid variable name can be up to 40 characters in length.
A valid variable name can start with a number and end with a number.
A valid variable name may consist of letters, digits, and the underscore (_) character.
A valid variable name may contain uppercase letters, which are no different than lowercase letters.

Question 37: If b = 3 and then a = b++, what do a and b contain? Select one:

a contains 3, b contains 3
a contains 3, b contains 4
a contains 4, b contains 3
a contains 4, b contains 4

Question 38: When a value is passed to a function, what is the term for the value that is passed? Select one:

Argument
Call
Instance
Parameter

Question 39: Which of the following statements would produce a True result given this code?

char s1[] = “alpha”;

char s2[] = “alpha”;

char s3[] = “beta”;

char s4[] = “gamma”;

Select one:

strcmp (s1, s2);
strcmp (s1, s3);
strcmp (s3, s4);
strcmp (s1, “Alpha”);

Question 40: What is the output after this code is compiled and its executable run?

#include <iostream>

#include <string>

using namespace std;

main () {

string B (“money”);

string S (“goods”);

count << “before, B has “ << B;

count << ” and S has “ << S << “; “;

swap (B, S);

count << ” after, B has “ << B;

count << ” and S has “ << S << endl;

return 0;

}

Select one:

B has goods and S has money
B has money and S has goods; B has goods and S has money
after, B has goods and S has money; before, B has money and S has goods
before, B has money and S has goods; after, B has goods and S has money

Question 41: What is a default constructor in a class definition? Select one:

Constructor with no functions
Constructor with no arguments
Constructor with one argument
Constructor with name argument

Question 42: When do you use this keyword in a constructor? Select one:

When there are no parameters
When the parameters are undefined
When there are no data members defined
When the data members have the same name as the parameters passed in

Question 43: In order to use two classes with the same name in C++, you must do which of the following? Select one:

Use dot notation
Put it in a separate folder
Create a different namespace
Create a different folder and use dot notation

Question 44: What does a derived class inherit from the base class? Select one:

It inherits every member of a base class
It only inherits the operator members, not the methods, including constructors and destructors
It inherits every member of a base class including the operator members but does not include the constructor and destructor
It inherits every member of a base class but it does not inherit its constructor and destructor, operator members, or its friends

Question 45: Which of the following is a characteristic of an accessor? Select one:

It requires one argument
It may accept multiple parameters
The name of the accessor begins with the Set prefix
It has a return type consistent with the data being retrieved

Question 46: Which of the following was the first high-level language developed? Select one:

C
COBOL
Fortran
Java

Question 47: Which object in C++ has access to the standard input of a program (text on the screen)? Select one:

cin<<
cin>>
cout<<
cout>>

Question 48: Which object in C++ has access to the standard output of a program (the screen)? Select one:

cin<<
cin>>
cout<<
cout>>

Question 49: Which data type in the C++ language was not included in the C language? Select one:

boolean
char
double
float

Question 50: What is the value of a in a = 5 + 7 % 2 *3? Select one:

Question 51: What is the result of this statement, following the correct order of operations?

result = 4 * 2 + 1 * 3 – (2 * 3 + (4 / 2) + 3)

Select one:

Question 52: What does the statement a = (b = 5, b+1) do? Select one:

It assigns the value 5 to a and then assigns b+1 to variable a
It assigns the value 5 to b and then assigns b+1 to variable b
It assigns the value 5 to a and then assigns b+1 to variable b
It assigns the value 5 to b and then assigns b+1 to variable a

Question 53: What is the final output of the following code?

int a = 5;

int b = 10;

int c = 3;

for (int x =0; x< 5; x++)

{

a += 2;

b -= 1;

c *= 2;

}

count<<“A is “<<a<<” and C is “<<c<<endl;

Select one:

A is 10 and C is 30
A is 10 and C is 96
A is 15 and C is 30
A is 15 and C is 96

Question 54: What is a reference to a variable in C++? Select one:

The size of a variable in computer memory
The type of a variable in computer memory
The address that locates a variable in computer memory
The address that locates the start of a program in computer memory

Question 55: What is the output after this code is compiled and its executable run?

#include <iostream>

#include <string>

using namespace std;

int main () {

string str (“Let us do something crazy”);

cout << “size: ” << str.size() << “, “;

cout << “length: ” << str.length() << “, “;

cout << “capacity: ” << str.capacity() << “, “;

cout << “max size: ” << str.max_size() << “\n”;

return 0;

}

Select one:

size: 2, length: 2, capacity: 2, max size: 25
size: 5, length: 5, capacity: 5, max size: 4611686018427387897
size: 25, length: 5, capacity: 25, max size: 25
size: 25, length: 25, capacity: 25, max size: 4611686018427387897

Question 56: What will be the output of this program?

1 #include <iostream>

2 using namespace std;

3 int array1[] = {1000, 100, 2100, 1200, 1500};

4 int array2[] = {10, 12, 14, 16, 18};

5 int temp, result = 0;

6 int main ()

7 {

8 for (temp = 0; temp < 5; temp++)

9 {

10 results += array1[temp];

11}

12 for (temp = 0; temp < 4; temp++)

13 {

14 results += array2[temp];

15}

16 counts << result;

17 return 0;

18}

Select one:

70
5900
5952
5970

Question 57: Which of the following is the correct definition of a destructor for the class Person? Select one:

~Person ();
delete Person ();
destroy Person ();
~Person (int x, int y);

Question 58: Which line from this code indicates that class Car inherits from class Vehicle?

1 class Vehicle {

2 protected:

3 string licenses;

4 int year;

5 public:

6 Vehicle (const string &myLicense, cons tint myYear): license(myLicense),

7 years(myYear) {}

8 const string getDesc () const (return license + ” from ” + stringify(year);}

9 const string &getLicense () const {return license;}

10 const int getYear () const {return year;}

11};

12 class Car: public Vehicle {

13 privates: string style;

14 public:

15 Car (const string &myLicense, cons tint myYear, const string &myStyle)

16 Vehicle (myLicense, myYear), style(myStyle) {}

17 const string &getStyle () {return style;}

18 const string getDesc () {return stringify(year) + ‘ ‘ + style +: ” + license;}

Select one:

Question 59: What is the best definition of class? Select one:

It is a group of elements of the same type
It is a group of functions of different types
It is an expanded concept of a data structure that can hold data
It is an expanded concept of a data structure that can hold data and functions

Question 60: What is the output after this code is compiled and its executable run?

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

class poly {

protected:

int width, height;

public:

void setValues (int a, int b) {width=a; height=b;}

};

class rectangl: public poly {

public:

int area () {return (width * height);}

};

class triang: public poly {

public:

int area () {return (width * height / 2);}

};

int main () {

rectangl r;

triang t;

r. setValues (2,9);

t. setValues (7,8);

cout << r. area () << “, “;

cout << t. area () << endl;

return 0;

}

Select one:

2, 7
7, 8
18, 9
18, 28

Question 61: What is the output beginning in line 19 after this code is compiled and its executable run?

1 #include <iostream>

2 #include <string>

3 #include <sstream>

4 using namespace std;

5 struct movies_t {

6 string title;

7 int year;

8 } mn, ys;

9 void pm (movies_t movie);

10 int main () {

11 string ms;

12 mn.title = “2001 A Space Odyssey”;

13 mn.year = 1968;

14 counts << “Enter title: “;

15 getline (cin, ys. title);

16 counts << “Enter year: “;

17 getline (cin, ms);

18 stringstream (ms) >> ys. year;

19 counts << “My favorite movie is: “;

20 pm (mn);

21 counts << “And yours is:\n “;

22 pm (ys);

23 return 0;

24 }

25 void pm (movies_t movie) {

26 counts << movie. title;

27 counts << ” (“ << movie. year << “) \n”;

28 }

Select one:

2001 A Space Odyssey
2001 A Space Odyssey (1968)
My favorite movie is: 2001 A Space Odyssey 1968
My favorite movie is: 2001 A Space Odyssey (1968)

Question 62: What folder is created when you create a project in Eclipse? Select one:

Class folder
Project folder
Default folder
Application folder

Question 63: What would the output of the following code be?

1 #include <iostream>

2 using namespace std;

3 int a = 10;

4 int b = 5;

5 string c = “pumpkin bread”;

6 string d = “candy apples”;

7 counts<<c<<“is $”<<a<<” and “<<d<<” is $”<<b<<endl;

Select one:

candy apples are $10 and pumpkin bread is $5
pumpkin bread is 10 and candy apples is 5
pumpkin bread is $5 and candy apples are $10
pumpkin bread is $10 and candy applies is $5

Question 64: Assume that you have two variables, a1 = 5 and a2 = 2, both declared as an int. What is the result of a3 with this calculation?

double a3 = double (a1 / a2)

Select one:

1
2
2.0
2.5

Question 65: Given the input of 40000 s, 30000 s, and 70000 m, what data would be needed to ensure thorough coverage analysis?

cin >> income;

cin >> marital_status;

if (marital_status == “s”) // Condition 1

{

if (income <= 30000) // Condition 2

tax = 0.10 * income; // Branch 1

else

tax = 3000 + 0.25 * (income – 30000); // Branch 2

}

else

{

if (income <= 60000) // Condition 3

tax = 0.10 * income; // Branch 3

else

tax = 6000 + 0.25 * (income – 60000); // Branch 4

}

Select one:

60000 m
65000 m
20000 s
50000 s

Question 66: When is it possible in C++ to have two different functions with the same name? Select one:

When their parameter types are different
When the parameters and the parameter types are the same
When the parameter types or number of parameters are different
When the parameter types are the same but the parameters are different

Question 67: What is the output after this code is compiled and its executable run?

#include <iostream>

#include <string>

using namespace std;

int main () {

string S1;

string S2=”Writing “;

string S3=”print 10 and then 5 more”;

S1. append(S2);

S1. append(S3,6,3);

S1. append (“dots are cool”,5);

S1. append (“here: “);

S1. append (10, ‘.’);

S1. append (S3, 8, 11);

S1. append (” “);

S1. append (S3,20, S3. size ()-1);

count << S1 << endl;

return 0;

}

Select one:

Writing dots here: ………. and then more
Writing 5 dots here: …… and then 10 more……….
Writing 10 dots here: ………. and then 5 more
Writing 10 dots here: ………. and then 10 more……….

Question 68: Which of the following is the correct format to declare a union? Select one:

union employee {

int age;

long salary;

};

union Employee {

int age;

long salary;

} employee;

union employee {

int age;

long salary;

} Employee;

union Employee {

int age;

long salary;

};

Question 69: What is special about the union data type? Select one:

It is named differently than other data types
It can hold more information than other data types
It allows you to group multiple like items together into a single set
It allows the same portion of memory to be accessed as different data types

Question 70: Consider these two classes and the main method. The compiler generates an error message on line 35. What is the error?

1 #include <iostream>

2 using namespace std;

3 #include <string>

5 class Square;

7 class Rectangle {

8 int width, height;

9 public:

10 int area ()

11 {return (width * height);}

12 void converts (Square a);

13};

15 class Square {

16 friend class Rectangle;

17 privates:

18 int side;

19 public:

20 Square (int a): side(a) {}

21 int perimeter (Square a);

22};

23 void Rectangle: convert (Square a) {

24 widths = a. side;

25 heights = a. side;

26}

27 int Square: perimeter (Square a)

28 {

29 return a. side + a. side + a. side + a. side;

30}

31 int main () {

32 Rectangle rect;

33 Square sqr (4);

34 rect. convert(sqr);

35 int perimeter = rect. perimeter(sqr);

36 cout <<perimeter<<endl;

37 return 0;

38}

Select one:

perimeter does not return a value
square does not have access to perimeter
rectangle does not have access to perimeter
We need to pass a rectangle to perimeter, not a square

Question 71: Given this code, which line will provide an error?

1 #include <iostream>

2 using namespace std;

3 class Box {

4 public:

5 double lengths;

6 void setWidth (double wid);

7 double getWidth (void);

9 privates:

10 double widths;

11};

13 double Box: getWidth(void) {

14 return width;

15}

16 void Box: setWidth (double wid) {

17 widths = wid;

18}

19 int main () {

20 Box box;

21 boxes. length = 10.0;

22 count << “Length of box: ” << box. length <<endl;

23 boxes. width = 10.0;

24 boxes. setWidth (10.0);

25 count << “Width of box: ” << box. getWidth () <<endl;

26 return 0;

27}

Select one:

Line 21
Line 22
Line 23
Line 24

Question 72: Which of the following offers us mechanisms to perform inheritance relationships that produce different behaviors for the same function call or operator, but perform the necessary lookup at compile-time rather than run-time? Select one:

Templates
Inheritance
Abstract functions
Function overloading

Question 73: When opening a file for output, which optional mode parameter deletes any previous content before replacing with the new content? Select one:

ios: app
ios: ate
ios: trunc
ios: overwrite

Question 74: Given this code, which line would produce an error?

1 try

2 {quotient = divide (num1, num2);}

3 cout << “The quotient is ” << quotient << endl;

4 catches (string exceptionString)

5 {cout << exceptionString;}

Select one:

Line 2
Line 3
Line 4
Line 5

Question 75: When writing code using Eclipse, once you have added a project, you need to add a file with code. From project explorer, where do you create a page to write your code? Select one:

New → Add Code
New → Source File
Project Type → Empty Project
Select Configuration → Source File

Question 76: Assume that you have two variables a1 and a2. a1 is declared as an int, and a2 is declared as a double. Which of the following would be a correct assignment statement? Select one:

a1= a2;
a1 = int(a2);
a1 = double(a2);
double a1 = a2;

Question 77: What does the & operator do? Select one:

It uses OR operation bit by bit between two variables
It represents the OR comparison between two variables
It uses AND operation bit by bit between two variables
It represents the AND comparison between two variables

Question 78: What is the output after the following code is compiled and its executable run?

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

int main () {

for (int n = 10; n>0; n–) {

cout << n << “, “;

if (n == 3 ){

cout << “countdown ended!”;

break;

}

return 0;

}

Select one:

10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, countdown ended!
10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3 countdown ended!
10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, countdown ended!
10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2 countdown ended!

Question 79: Using the debugger in Eclipse, what does the Detail Formatter do? Select one:

Creates a breakpoint on a specific field
Allows you to delete and deactivate stop points
Use Java code to define how a variable is displayed
Uses the toString () method to determine how to display the variable

Question 80: Which branch in this code is tested by the input 40000 s?

cin >> income;

cin >> marital_status;

if (marital_status == “s”) // Condition 1

{

if (income <= 30000) // Condition 2

tax = 0.10 * income; // Branch 1

else

tax = 3000 + 0.25 * (income – 30000); // Branch 2

}

else

{

if (income <= 60000) // Condition 3

tax = 0.10 * income; // Branch 3

else

tax = 6000 + 0.25 * (income – 60000); // Branch 4

}

Select one:

Branch 1
Branch 2
Branch 3
Branch 4

Question 81: What is the output after this code is compiled and its executable run?

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

int d (int a, int b = 4) {

int r;

r = a / b;

return r;

}

int main () {

cout << d (16) << “, ” << d (24, 6) << “\n”;

return 0;

}

Select one:

4, 4
4, 6
6, 24
24, 6

Question 82: What might be a good reason to write code in functions instead of part of the main function? Select one:

Programs don’t run well unless they are inside functions.
This allows the programmer to get creative with the code.
This makes the program smaller by eliminating repetitive code.
This moves the focus of the code to the method instead of the main.

Question 83: What is the final output of this code?

double tmpC [5] = {-10.0, -8.0, -6, -4.0, -2.0};

fprintf (“%8s %8s\n”, “Celsius”, “Fahrenheit”);

for (i=0; i<3; i++) {

tmpF = ((tmpC[i] * (9.0/5.0)) + 32.0);

fprintf (“%10.2f %10.2f\n”, tmpC[i], tmpF);

}

Select one:

Celsius Fahrenheit

-10 23.8

-8 25.8

-6 27.8

-4 29.8

-2 31.8

Fahrenheit Celsius

-10 23.8

-8 25.8

-6 27.8

-4 29.8

-2 31.8

Celsius Fahrenheit

-10.00 23.80

-8.00 25.80

-6.00 27.80

Celsius Fahrenheit

-10.00 23.80

-8.00 25.80

-6.00 27.80

-4.00 29.80

-2.00 31.80

Question 84: What is the output after this code is compiled and its executable run?

#include <iostream>

#include <string>

using namespace std;

main () {

string F (“com”);

string S (“ilovecplusplus”);

string C (“http://”);

string H;

string url;

H = “www.” + S + ‘.’ + F;

url = C + H;

cout << url << endl;

return 0;

}

Select one:

ilovecplusplus.com
www.ilovecplusplus.com
http://ilovecplusplus.com
http://www.ilovecplusplus.com

Question 85: Given this code, which of the following would you use to loop through all of the elements?

int values [20];

Select one:

for (int i = 0; i<20; ++i) {}
for (int i = 0; i<=20; ++i) {}
for (int i = 0; i<values. size (); ++i) {}
for (int i = 0; i<=values. size (); ++i) {}

Question 86: Which of the following is the correct definition of a default constructor for the class Person? Select one:

Person (name, id)

{

name = name;

id = id;

}

Person ()

{

name = “”;

id = “”;

}

Person (string name, string id)

{

name = “”;

id = “”;

}

Person

{

name = “”;

id = “”;

}

Question 87: Which of the following statements for overloaded operators is true? Select one:

It is possible to change the precedence of operators
New operators such as **, <> or &/ can be created
The overloads of operators && and || lose their short-circuit evaluation
&&, ||, and, (comma) maintain their special sequencing properties when overloaded

Question 88: What is the correct format to use the keyword this for setting the data member name? Select one:

name = this.name;
this.name = name;
name = this->name;
this->name = name;

Question 89: Which statement is true regarding exception handling? Select one:

An exception is caught in a try block
An exception can be thrown in a try block
A try block can be followed by only one catch block
It combines the normal case code with the code that handles exceptions

Introduction to C++ Programming

C++ is a powerful, high-performance programming language widely used for system/software development, game development, and in applications requiring real-time processing. Here’s a basic introduction to get you started:

1. Overview of C++

Origin: Developed by Bjarne Stroustrup at Bell Labs in the early 1980s, C++ is an extension of the C programming language, adding object-oriented features.
Features:
- Object-Oriented Programming (OOP): Supports classes and objects, inheritance, polymorphism, encapsulation, and abstraction.
- Low-Level Manipulation: Allows direct manipulation of hardware and memory.
- Standard Template Library (STL): Provides a set of well-tested classes and functions, like vectors, lists, and algorithms.
- Performance: Known for high performance and efficiency, making it suitable for applications where resource constraints are critical.

2. Basic Structure of a C++ Program

A simple C++ program typically looks like this:

cppCopy code#include <iostream> // Preprocessor directive to include input-output stream

int main() { // Main function - entry point of the program
    std::cout << "Hello, World!" << std::endl; // Output "Hello, World!" to the console
    return 0; // Return 0 to indicate that the program ended successfully
}

3. Key Components

Header Files: Contain declarations of functions and macros. For example, #include <iostream> is used for input and output operations.
Namespaces: Avoid name conflicts. The std namespace includes features of the Standard Library.
Main Function: The starting point of any C++ program. The int return type signifies the success (0) or failure of the program.

4. Variables and Data Types

C++ supports several data types:

Basic Types: int, char, float, double
Modifiers: short, long, unsigned, signed
Derived Types: Arrays, pointers, references, etc.
User-Defined Types: Classes, structs, unions, enumerations.

Example of declaring variables:

cppCopy codeint age = 25;
float salary = 50000.50;
char grade = 'A';

5. Control Structures

Conditionals: if, else if, else, switch
Loops: for, while, do-while

Example of a loop:

cppCopy codefor(int i = 0; i < 5; i++) {
    std::cout << "i = " << i << std::endl;
}

6. Functions

Functions allow you to encapsulate code into reusable blocks.

cppCopy codeint add(int a, int b) {
    return a + b;
}

int main() {
    int result = add(3, 4); // Calls the function
    std::cout << "Sum: " << result << std::endl;
    return 0;
}

7. Classes and Objects

Classes are blueprints for creating objects. They encapsulate data and functions.

cppCopy codeclass Car {
public:
    // Attributes
    std::string brand;
    int year;

    // Method
    void start() {
        std::cout << "The car is starting." << std::endl;
    }
};

int main() {
    Car myCar; // Create an object of Car
    myCar.brand = "Toyota";
    myCar.year = 2020;
    myCar.start(); // Call the method
    return 0;
}

8. Object-Oriented Concepts

Encapsulation: Bundling data and methods into a single unit (class).
Inheritance: Creating a new class based on an existing class.
Polymorphism: Allowing methods to do different things based on the object they are acting upon.
Abstraction: Hiding implementation details and showing only functionality.

9. Standard Template Library (STL)

STL provides various ready-to-use components:

Containers: vector, list, map
Algorithms: sort, find, copy
Iterators: Abstract the way to access elements in containers.

Example of using a vector:

cppCopy code#include <iostream>
#include <vector>

int main() {
    std::vector<int> numbers = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5};
    for(int num : numbers) {
        std::cout << num << std::endl;
    }
    return 0;
}

10. Compiling and Running C++ Code

To compile and run C++ programs, you typically use a compiler like g++:

shCopy codeg++ -o myprogram myprogram.cpp
./myprogram

This command compiles myprogram.cpp into an executable named myprogram.

Overall, C++ is a versatile language known for its performance, flexibility, and wide range of applications. Learning C++ opens up opportunities to work on various software projects and systems programming tasks.

July 26, 2024 0 comment

Certification

CS105: Introduction to Python Certification Exam Answers

by IndiaSuccessStories July 26, 2024

written by IndiaSuccessStories

CS105: Introduction to Python Exam Quiz Answers

Question 1: What will happen when these two commands are executed in the command line window?

> a=4

> type(a)

The number 4 will be echoed to the screen
The character a will be echoed to the screen
<class ‘int’> will be echoed to the screen
An error will occur because type is not a valid command

Question 2: What is the data type of the variable a after this assignment takes place?

> z=5e03

z is of type str because it contains the character ‘e’
a is of type bool because it contains characters and numbers
a is of type int because the 5 is not followed by a decimal point
z is of type float because it is expressed using scientific notation

Question 3: What will be echoed to the screen when these commands are executed in the command line window?

> b=4
> c=3
> c=b
> c=1
> c

The number 1
The number 3
The number 4
The character ‘c’

Question 4: What will be printed to the screen when these commands are executed in the command line window?

> a=20
> c=a*5
> print (‘value 1 = ‘, a,‘, value 2 = ‘, c)

‘Value 1 = 20, value 2 = 20’
‘Value 1 = 20, value 2 = 100’
‘Value 1 = 100, value 2 = 20’
‘Value 1 = 100, value 2 = 100’

Question 5: What value will be echoed to the screen when these commands are executed in the command line window?

> str (float (32))

32
32.0
’32’
‘32.0’

Question 6: Assume you have just executed these commands:

a=3

b=5

c=a**b

Which of the following is equivalent to the expression for c?

a*b
b*b*b
a*b*a*b
a*a*a*a*a

Question 7: When using expressions that contain a mixture of relational operators and logical operators, which of the following is true?

The logical operators are disregarded
The relational operators are disregarded
Logical operators have higher precedence than relational operators
Relational operators have higher precedence than logical operators

Question 8: Which of the following statements about programmer-initialized variables is true?

They can be initialized without user input
They must be initialized as a string data type
They must be initialized as a numerical data type
They cannot be changed after they have been assigned

Question 9: Assume this instruction executes in the Repl.it run window.

print(input(‘Input a letter: ‘)>input(‘Input a letter: ‘))

What will be the result of this instruction?

A Boolean True will be generated
A Boolean False will be generated
An error will occur because this syntax is invalid
The alphabetical order of the two input characters will be compared

Question 10: Which of the following can the ‘continue’ instruction be useful for?

Stopping a program from terminating
Disregarding a variable assignment within a loop
Allowing a program to continue when an input error occurs
Skipping over a set of commands within a loop and beginning the next iteration

Question 11: An important property of lists is that they have which of the following characteristics?

They are static
They are global
They are mutable
They are immutable

Question 12: Which of the following sets of instructions will generate the exact same output as this code?

c=[2,4,6,8,1,3,5,7]

for i in range(len(c)):

print(c[i])

print(c)
for val in c:

print(val)

for i in range(7):

print(c[i])

for i in range(9):

print(c[i])

Question 13: Given the list:

a=[-1,-2,-3,-4,5,6,7,8]

what output would the instruction:

a[::-1]

generate?

-1
8
[8, 7, 6, 5, -4, -3, -2, -1]
An error, because a negative index has been used

Question 14: Assume within a program, a set of instructions to accomplish a specific task is reused several times. Which of the following could the task be housed within to improve the program?

A built-in function
A recyclable function
A procedural function
A user-defined function

Question 15: Which punctuation mark must the definition line for a function must end with?

Colon
Comma
Period
Semicolon

Question 16: What will the output be after this code runs?

def listsum(alist,sval):

s=0

for val in alist:

if val>sval:

s+=val

return s

x=[-4,-34,6,0,1,4,2]

t=1

z=listsum(x,t)

print(z)

Question 17: Assume import math has been invoked and that n is a variable of type int.

def coslist(n):

x=[ ]

c=[ ]

d=2*math.pi/n

for u in range(n+1):

x.append(d*u)

c.append(math.cos(x[u]))

return x,c

What is this function computing?

The cosine function over the interval 0 to pi
The cosine function over the interval 0 to 2*pi
The cosine function over the interval n to pi
The cosine function over the interval n to 2*pi

Question 18: Why would this set of instructions not be allowed in Python?

atuple=(4,5,6,7,8)

atuple[4]=22

Because tuples are not mutable
Because an index cannot be used to access tuple elements
Because tuple elements must be separated by a semi-colon
Because tuple elements must be contained within curly brackets, not parentheses

Question 19: Which of the following statements is true?

Sets are an ordered collection of elements and are mutable
Sets are an unordered collection of elements and are mutable
Sets are an ordered collection of elements and are not mutable
Sets are an unordered collection of elements and are not mutable

Question 20: After these instructions execute, what values will the variable z contain?

xdict=dict([(‘k1’,‘v1’), (‘k2’,‘v2’),(‘k3’,‘v3’)])

z=set(xdict)

{‘k1’, ‘k2’, ‘k3’}
{‘v1’, ‘v2’, ‘v3’}
{‘k1′,’v1’, ‘k2’, v2’, ‘k3′,’v3’}
{‘k1’: ‘v1’, ‘k2’: ‘v2’, ‘k3’: ‘v3’}

Question 21: When using the open instruction, which of the following modes is assumed as the default if a file handling mode is not provided?

Question 22: After executing the command

f = open(‘example.txt’,‘w’)

which of the following instructions will write the values 1, 2, and 3 as text data to a file?

f.write([1,2,3])
f.write(‘1 2 3’)
f.write(‘1′,’2′,’3’)
f.write([‘1′,’2′,’3’])

Question 23: Assume that the file source.txt contains the data:

2 4

3 5

4 6

Which of the following instructions will generate the output

myfile = open(‘source.txt’)

for line in myfile:

line = line.rstrip()

a=line.split(‘ ‘)

print(a[0]*a[1])

myfile.close()

myfile = open(‘source.txt’)

for line in myfile:

line = line.rstrip()

a=float(line.split(‘ ‘))

print(a[0]*a[1])

myfile.close()

myfile = open(‘source.txt’)

for line in myfile:

line = line.rstrip()

a=line.split(‘ ‘)

print(int(a[0])*int(a[1]))

myfile.close()

myfile = open(‘source.txt’)

for line in myfile:

line = line.rstrip()

a=int(line.split(‘ ‘))

print(a[0]*a[1])

myfile.close()

Question 24: Which of the following lines, when inserted into this code:

import re

def findstr(str_list):

#insert code here

regex = re.compile(pattern)

for val in str_list:

if regex.match(val):

print(val)

return

would match the strings:

‘. abcd’

‘ABCD. ‘

pattern = ‘[A-Z]\.\s[a-z]*’
pattern = ‘[A-Z]*\.\s[a-z]’
pattern = ‘[A-Z]*\.\s[a-z]*’
pattern = ‘[A-Z]+\.\s[a-z]+’

Question 25: Object-oriented programming uses methods for defining and accomplishing tasks. Which of the following does procedural programming use?

Dictionaries
Functions
Snippets
Variables

Question 26: Which of the following statements is true?

A class is instance of an object
An object is an instance of class
A class cannot contain an object
The term ‘object’ is another name for a class

Question 27: Given this class definition for a sphere:

class Sphere:

def __init__(self, r):

self.radius=r

Which of the following method definitions would enable you to execute the commands:

c1=Sphere(2)

c2=Sphere(3)

print(c1>=c2)

def __ge__(self,other):

return self.radius>other.radius

def __geq__(self,other):

return self.radius>other.radius

def ge(self,other):

return self.radius>other.radius

def geq(self,other):

return self.radius>other.radius

Question 28: Complete the function listprod so that it will compute the product of the elements contained in an input numerical list.

For example:

x=[1,1,1,2]

print(listprod(x))

would result in a value of 2, and

x=[2,1,1,-2]

print(listprod(x))

would result in a value of -4.

Answer:(penalty regime: 0 %)

def listprod(input_list):

result = 1 # Initialize the result to 1

for num in input_list:

result *= num # Multiply each element with the result

return result

Question 29: Complete the function listchk that takes a numerical list alist and a number n as the input. Starting with index 0, the function checks every other value in alist (that is, only the elements with even indices) to see if it is less than the input value n. A new list is returned that consists of all values contained in alist with even indices that are less than the input value n.

Answer:(penalty regime: 0 %)

def listchk(alist, n):

Question 30: Given the class definition Dictops, complete the method named keyvalsearch that, given an input key, will search the object attribute xdict for the associated value.

A KeyError exception handler should return a value of float(‘Nan’).
Otherwise, the function should return the value associated withe the input key.

Answer:(penalty regime: 0 %)

class Dictops:

def __init__(self, xdict):

self.xdict = xdict

def keyvalsearch(self, key):

try:

value = self.xdict[key]

except KeyError:

value = float(‘nan’)

return value

Question 31: When is a number in Python of type int?

When it is written in scientific notation with a decimal point
When it is written in scientific notation without a decimal point
When it contains a decimal point with no digits following the decimal point
When it does not contain a decimal point and it is not written in scientific notation

Question 32: Which of the following commands will reassign the variable b by adding the number 5 to b?

5=b+b
b=b+5
b=b*5
b+5=b

Question 33: What will be printed to the screen when these commands are executed in the command line window?

> d=‘7’
> c=5
> print(d*c)

35
75
‘d*c’
77777

Question 34: What will be printed to the screen when these commands are executed in the command line window?

> s=‘abcdefghij’
> t=‘vwyz’
> print(t+s[0])

213
‘vwyza’
‘t+s[0]’
‘vawayaza’

Question 35: Assume you have just executed these commands:

a=47

b=5

c=a//b

d=a % b

Which of the following would compute the value contained in the variable a?

b*b+d
c*b+d
c*c+d
d*b+c

Question 36: What will the output be after this set of instructions executes?

i=0

while i>0:

print(i)

i=i+1

No output, because the while loop does not execute
An error, because the variable i is not greater than 0
The while loop will print out integers starting at 0 in an infinite loop
The while loop will print out integers starting at 1 in an infinite loop

Question 37: Which of the following can the ‘break’ instruction be useful for?

Halting the execution of a program
Changing a for loop into a while loop
Exiting a loop abruptly when a certain condition is met
Stopping the execution of the input instruction when invalid input is entered

Question 38: Why would the instruction c=zlist[6] be problematic, given this list?

zlist=[‘abc’,‘def’,3,4,5,‘ghi’]

The character ‘c’ appears within the list
The 6th element is ‘ghi’, which is a string
The maximum index allowed for this list is 5
The list mixes both numerical and string data

Question 39: Which index can be used to refer to the last element on a list?

-2
-1
0
0.0

Question 40: How might this code snippet be improved?

a= [2,3,4,5,6]

for i in range (5):

print(a[i])

a= [5,4,3,2]

for i in range (4):

print(a[i])

By changing the variable names
By using while loops instead of for loops
By using range(len(a)) instead of range (5)
By printing out the elements without using a loop

Question 41: Which of the following will enable the output of data from a function?

Parentheses
An equals sign
A return statements
A relational operator

Question 42: Which of the following lines could be inserted into this code snippet to create a function that adds two numerical lists (having the same length) element-by-element?

def add2lists(a,b):

c=[ ]

for i in range(len(a)):

#fill in intruction here

return c

x=[1,2,3,4]

y=[5,6,7,8]

z=add2lists(x,y)

c=a+b
c[i]=a[i]+b[i]
return a[i]+b[i]
c.append(a[i]+b[i])

Question 43: Which of the following methods is the arithmetic operator ** most similar to?

math.exp
math.log
math.pow
math.log2

Question 44: After executing this code snippet, which of the following is true about the variable s?

import random

s=0

for i in range(100):

s+=random.random()

s must be less than 0
s must be greater than 100
s cannot exceed a value of 1
s cannot exceed a value of 100

Question 45: The tuple is a sequence data type. Which punctuation marks are its elements separated, and which are they contained within?

They are separated by commas and contained within parentheses
They are separated by commas and contained within curly brackets
They are separated by semicolons and contained within parentheses
They are separated by commas and contained within square brackets

Question 46: If this set of instructions executes, which of the following will the output be most similar to?

asset={2,4,6,8,2,5,6}

print(asset)

{2, 5, 6}
{2, 4, 6, 8}
{2, 4, 5, 6, 8}
{2, 4, 6, 8, 2, 5, 6}

Question 47: What will the output be after this set of instructions executes?

xdict={1:‘v1’,2:[1,2,3,4],3:{4,5,6,7},4:‘sadfasdf’}

print(xdict[2][-1])

4
7
‘1’
‘f’

Question 48: What data will be contained in the file example.txt after executing this set of instructions?

f = open(‘example.txt’,‘w’)

f.write(‘a b c ‘)

f.write(‘d e f ‘)

f.close()

a b c
d e f
a b c

d e f

a b c d e f

Question 49: Consider this set of commands:

f = open(‘example.txt’,‘w’)

f.write(‘Hello \n’)

f.write(‘world ‘)

f.close()

f = open(‘example.txt’)

#instruction(s) to execute for this problem goes here …

f.close()

What instruction(s) must be inserted into this code in order to generate this screen output, formatted exactly as:

Hello

world

print(f.read())
print(f.read())

print(f.read())

print(f.readline())

print(f.readline())

print(f.readlines())

Question 50: Which of the following regular expressions can be used to search a list of names where the name(s) to be found follows the pattern ‘FirstName MiddleInitial. LastName’?

‘. [A-Z] \s’
‘.\s[A-Z]’
‘[A-Z] \.\s$’
‘[A-Z] \.\s’

Question 51: Which of the following, if used in a program, would be considered to be a deviation from structured programming?

Functions
‘if’ statements
‘for’ statements
‘break’ statements

Question 52: Given a user-defined class Circle with the data attribute radius, which of the following methods would be appropriate for the object instantiation

c1=Circle (2)

def init(self, r):

self.radius=r

def __init__(self, r):

self.radius=r

def __init__(r):

init.radius=r

def init(r):

init.radius=r

Question 53: Complete the function distprop that will verify the following distributive property for sets:

A∪(B∩C)=(A∪B)∩(A∪C)�∪(�∩�)=(�∪�)∩(�∪�)

where:

∪∪ indicates the union operation
∩∩ indicates the intersection operation

Using this function definition line:

def distprop(A,B,C):

First compute: A∪(B∩C)�∪(�∩�)
Then compute: (A∪B)∩(A∪C)(�∪�)∩(�∪�)

If the two are equal, return True; otherwise, return False.

Answer:(penalty regime: 0 %)

def distprop(A, B, C):

# Compute A ∪ (B ∩ C)

left_side = A.union(B.intersection(C))

# Compute (A ∪ B) ∩ (A ∪ C)

right_side = (A.union(B)).intersection(A.union(C))

# Check if the two sets are equal

if left_side == right_side:

return True

else:

return False

Question 54: What number will be echoed to the screen when this command is executed in the command line window?

> float(int(float(0.0034e3))

34
3.0
3.4
34.0

Question 55: What will be printed to the screen when these commands are executed in the command line window?

> a=25
> b=30
> a=5*a
> b=b-10
> print(‘value 1 =’,a,‘, value 2 =’,b)

‘Value 1 = 25, value 2 = 30’
‘Value 1 = 125, value 2 = 20’
‘Value 1 = 140, value 2 = 150’
‘Value 1 = 150, value 2 = 140’

Question 56: Given two variables x and y of type int, which of the following is a valid expression that is equivalent to x! =y?

x == not y
x>y or x<y
x not == y
x>y and x<y

Question 57: What is the output of this code snippet if it is executed using the Repl.it run window?

a=False

b=True

c=True

y= a or b and c

print(y)

0
1
True
False

Question 58: Assume this set of instructions is executed in the Repl.it run window.

a=5

z=input(‘Enter your first name: ‘)

print(a)

print(z)

Which of the following would the variable z be considered?

An empty string
A user input variable
A variable of type

int

A programmer-initialized variable

Question 59: What will the output be after this set of instructions executes?

x=2

y=3

z=4

if (x<=2) and (y>3):

print(‘1’)

elif (x<=2) and (y==3):

print(‘2’)

elif (x==2) and (y>=3):

print(‘3’)

else:

print(‘4’)

Question 60: What will this code snippet output?

a=[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9]

s=0

for z in a:

if z%2==0:

s+=z

print(s)

Question 61: Given the list:

a= [1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10]

which of the following instructions could be used to create the list:

[1, 2, 3, 4]?

a [0:3]
a [0:4]
a [1:4]
a [1:5]

Question 62: How might this code snippet be improved?

a=[-2,4,-12,5,6,7,8,9]

s=0

for z in a:

s+=z

By replacing the for loop with print(a)
By replacing the for loop with s=len(a)
By replacing the for loop with s=max(a)
By replacing the for loop with s=sum(a)

Question 63: Assuming import math has been invoked, which of the following outputs will the instruction

print(math.pow(2,math.log10(1000)))

yield?

2.0
3.0
8.0
10.0

Question 64: Assuming import random has been invoked, what is the smallest possible value the variable x could be for this instruction?

x=random.random()

-1e300
-1.0
0.0
1.0

Question 65: What will the output be after this set of instructions executes?

xdict=dict([(1,’v1′), (2,’v2′),(3,’v3′)])

ydict=dict([(‘v1’,1), (‘v2’,2),(‘v3’,3)])

ydict.update(xdict)

ydict[‘v2’]=23

print(ydict)

{‘v1’: 1, ‘v2’: 23, ‘v3’: 3}
{‘v1’: 1, ‘v2’: 2, ‘v3’: 3, 1: ‘v1’, 2: 23, 3: ‘v3’}
{‘v1’: 1, ‘v2’: 23, ‘v3’: 3, 1: ‘v1’, 2: 23, 3: ‘v3’}
{‘v1’: 1, ‘v2’: 23, ‘v3’: 3, 1: ‘v1’, 2: ‘v2’, 3: ‘v3’}

Question 66: What data will be contained in the file example.txt after executing this set of instructions?

f = open(‘example.txt’,‘w’)

f.write(‘1 2 3 ‘)

f.close()

f = open(‘example.txt’,‘w’)

f.write(‘4 5 6 ‘)

f.close()

1 2 3
4 5 6
1 2 3

4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

Question 67: Given this code snippet:

f = open(‘example.txt’,‘w’)

f.write(‘5 \n 10 \n 15 \n 20 \n’)

f.write(‘world ‘)

f.close()

f = open(‘example.txt’)

#insert instruction(s) here

f.close()

print(b/a)

Which of the following instruction(s) will yield the screen output:

1.5

[a,b]=f.read()
f.readline()

a=float(f.readline())

b=float(f.readline())

f.readline()

f.readline()

a=float(f.readline())

b=float(f.readline())

a=float(f.readline())

b=float(f.readline())

Question 68: Where does the match method in the re module search for a match of a pattern?

Anywhere within a list
At the beginning of a list
Anywhere within a string
At the beginning of a string

Question 69: Given this function:

import re

def re_pattern(text, pattern):

for match in re.finditer(pattern, text):

s = match.start()

e = match.end()

print(text[s:e])

return

which of the following function calls would generate the output:

123

re_pattern(‘d123d123d123d123’, ‘d*’)
re_pattern(‘d123d123d123d123’, ‘\d’)
re_pattern(‘d123d123d123d123’, ‘\d+’)
re_pattern(‘d123d123d123d123’, ‘\D+’)

Question 70: If this set of instructions were to execute, what would be the most appropriate exception handler?

try:

x=float(input(‘Input a number:’))

except NameError:

print(‘NameError’)

except TypeError:

print(‘TypeError’)

except ArithmeticError:

print(‘ArithmeticError’)

except ValueError:

print(‘ValueError’)

Question 71: Given this class definition for a sphere:

class Sphere:

def __init__(self, r):

self.radius=r

Which of the following method definitions would enable you to execute the commands:

c1=Sphere(2)

c2=Sphere(3)

print(c1>=c2)

def __ge__(self,other):

return self.radius>other.radius

def __geq__(self,other):

return self.radius>other.radius

def ge(self,other):

return self.radius>other.radius

def geq(self,other):

return self.radius>other.radius

Question 72: Complete the method named charsearch in the class definition for Listops that will search the object attribute xlist (a list of strings) and return the number of strings that begin with the input character sval.

For example, if xlist contains:

[‘asdf’, ‘dfgh’, ‘sdfg’, ‘sfghj’, ‘swertq’, ‘qtyiu’]

and sval is ‘s’, then the method should return a value of 3.

Answer:(penalty regime: 0 %)

class Listops:

def __init__(self, xlist):

self.xlist = xlist

def charsearch(self, sval):

count = 0

for string in self.xlist:

if string.startswith(sval):

count += 1

return count

Question 73: What will happen when these two commands are executed in the command line window?

> a=4

> a

The number 4 will be echoed to the screen
The character a will be echoed to the screen
The number 4.0 will be echoed to the screen
An error will occur because the print(a) command was not used

Question 74: What will be echoed to the screen when these commands are executed in the command line window?

> b=3
> b=b+5
> b=b+b
> b

The number 4
The number 9
The number 16
The character ‘b’

Question 75: What should this expression result in an output of, and why?

print(2**3*2)

12, because 2, 3, and 2 are multiplied together
16, because exponentiation takes place before multiplication
64, because multiplication takes place before exponentiation
An error, because ** is not a valid Python operation

Question 76: What is the output of this code snippet if it is executed using the Repl.it run window?

x=12

z=8

a=x/z<=x//z

print(a)

1
1.5
True
False

Question 77: Assume this set of instructions is executed in the Repl.it run window.

a=float(input(‘Input a number: ‘))

b=int(input(‘Input a number: ‘))

c=input(‘Input a number: ‘)

print(type(a+b+(c==1)))

What will be the resulting output?

<class ‘int’>
<class ‘bool’>
<class ‘float’>
An error, because == is comparing a str with an int

Question 78: Given this code snippet:

a=30

b=-20

c=0

if (a>30) and (b>-20) or (c==0):

print(‘The condition is True’)

else:

print(‘The condition is False’)

the output will be:

The condition is True

Which of the following changes to the if condition will cause the output to be:

The condition is False

a<30
b<-20
c>0
c>=0

Question 79: What will the output be after this set of instructions executes?

i=0

s=‘tomorrow’

while s[i]!=‘r’:

i+=1

print(i)

Question 80: Which of the following can be used to refer to specific values contained within a list?

Container
Index
Operator
Sequence

Question 81: Given the set of instructions

a= [1,2,3,4]

b= {1,2,3,4}

c= (1,2,3,4)

xdict= {‘k1’: a, ‘k2’: b, ‘k3’: c}

which of the following statements are true?

xdict[‘k1’] refers to a set
xdict[‘k1’] refers to a tuple
xdict[‘k3’] refers to a set
xdict[‘k3’] refers to a tuple

Question 82: Which of the following will happen after these instructions attempt to execute?

atuple=(‘a’,‘b’,5.7,9)

z=list(atuple)

The variable z will be a list
The variable z will be a tuple
z=list(atuple) will cause an error because tuples are immutable
atuple=(‘a’,’b’,5.7,9) will cause an error because the elements are not the same data type

Question 83: If the set of instructions

aset={‘q’,‘b’,1,4,9}

bset={5,7,8,‘g’}

cset=aset.union(bset)

executes, which of the following instructions would be equivalent to

cset=aset.union(bset)

cset=bset==aset
cset=bset!=aset
cset=bset.union(aset)
cset=bset.intersection(aset)

Question 84: Which of the following instructions will complete the ‘for’ statement in this code so that it prints out each line of the file source.txt?

myfile = open(‘source.txt’,‘r’)

for #complete this for statement

print(line)

myfile.close()

for line:
for line in myfile:
for myfile in line:
for line in range(myfile):

Question 85: Which of the following does inheritance gives you the ability to do?

Define a new method within an existing class
Instantiate multiple objects from an existing class
Overload an existing method within an existing class
Define a new class that is a modified version of an existing class

Question 86: What will be printed to the screen when these commands are executed in the command line window?

> y=’Chicago’

> z=’London’

> print (‘%s and %s are considered to be large cities’ % (z, y))

‘y and z are considered to be large cities’
‘z and y are considered to be large cities’
‘Chicago and London are considered to be large cities’
‘London and Chicago are considered to be large cities’

Question 87: Given this code snippet:

x=2

y=-5

z=1

if x>0 or y<3:

print (‘1’)

elif z>-1 or y<-1:

print (‘2’)

else:

print (‘3’)

the output will be:

Which of the following changes to the if-elif-else condition will cause the output to be:

if x<0 or y<3:
if x<0 or y>3:
elif z==1 or y<-1:
elif z>=1 or y>-1:

Question 88: If the value of c in this code snippet were to be changed:

a=-10

b=20

c=1

for k in range (a, b, c):

if k==10:

print(k)

which of the following choices would not cause the value of 10 to be output?

c=2
c=4
c=8
c=10

Question 89: Given this code snippet:

a= [2]

for i in range (5):

a.append(#fill in your expression here)

print(a)

which of the following definitions of the variable a will generate the output

[2, 2, 3, 5, 8, 12]

a.append(i+i)
a.append(a[i]+i)
a.append(a[i]-i)
a.append(a[i]+2*i)

Question 90: You want to plot the function y=2x. Why would this code be problematic?

import matplotlib. pyplot as plt

x= [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10]

plt. plot(x,2*x)

The operation 2*x is invalid
plt is not an allowed object name
matplotlib cannot be used to plot functions
The list defined by x does not contain enough data

Question 91: Which of the following lines will complete the ‘if’ statement in the function listmax so that it will find the minimum value on a numerical list?

def listmin(alist):

m=alist [0]

for val in alist:

if #complete this if statement:

m=val

return m

x= [-4, -34,6,0,1,4,2]

z=listmin(x)

if val<m:
if val>m:
if val==m:
if val! =m:

Question 92: After executing this code snippet, which of the following is true about the variable z?

import random

c= [ ]

for i in range (100):

c.append (random. random ())

z=max(c)

z must be less than 0.0
z must be less than 1.0
z must be greater than 1.0
z must be greater than 100.0

Question 93: Which of the following is this instruction equivalent to?

xdict=dict([(‘k1′,’v1’), (‘k2′,’v2’), (‘k3′,’v3’)])

xdict= {‘k1’: ‘v1’, ‘k2’: ‘v2’, ‘k3’: ‘v3’}
xdict= {[‘k1’: ‘v1’, ‘k2’: ‘v2’, ‘k3’: ‘v3’]}
xdict= {(‘k1’: ‘v1’, ‘k2’: ‘v2’, ‘k3’: ‘v3’)}
xdict= {(‘k1’: ‘v1’), (‘k2’: ‘v2’), (‘k3’: ‘v3’)}

Question 94: What does a + within a regular expression stand for?

Add two values
At least one repetition
Allow for no repetitions
Concatenate two strings

Question 95: Why does this snippet of code not have good form?

try:

f = open(‘example.txt’)

f. read ()

print (‘File has been read’)

except:

print (‘File has not been read’)

It should include a ‘finally’ block
Its ‘except’ block will never execute
It does not mention a specific exception type
It should use an ‘else’ block to handle file errors

Question 96: Which of the following code snippets would complete this code so that it will identify the type of exception taking place?

try:

z = 3+input (‘Input a number: ‘)

except NameError:

print(‘NameError’)

except TypeError:

print(‘TypeError’)

except IndexError:

print(‘IndexError’)

except ValueError:

print(‘ValueError’)

Question 97: Which of the following statements about structured programs is true?

They avoid using nesting loop control structures
They apply class instances to accomplish a given task
They arrange small units of code in the order of their execution
They do not allow return arguments to be output from functions

Question 98: Which of the following would fix the syntax error in this code?

class Box:

def __init__ (self, length, width, height):

length=self. length

width=self. width

height=self. height

def __str__(self):

return ‘Length:’+str (self. length) +’ ‘+’Width:’+str (self. width) +’ ‘+’Height:’+str (self. height)

s1=Box (1,2,2)

print(s1)

Modify the __init__ method to be

def init (self, length, width, height):

length=self. length

width=self. width

height=self. height

Modify the __init__ method to be

def __init__ (self, length, width, height):

self. length=length

self. width=width

self. height=height

Modify the __str__ method to be

def str(self):

return ‘Length:’+str (self. length) +’ ‘+’Width:’+str (self. width) +’ ‘+’Height:’+str (self. height)

Modify the __str__ method to be

def __str__ (self, length, width, heigh):

return ‘Length:’+str (self. length) +’ ‘+’Width:’+str (self. width) +’ ‘+’Height:’+str (self. height)

Question 99: Complete the function named demorgan2 that will verify the following version of DeMorgan’s Law for sets A, B, and V:

V−(A∩B) =(V−A) ∪(V−B)

where:

A and B must be subsets of V

The minus sign indicates the set difference operation

∪

indicates the union operation

∩

indicates the intersection operation

Using this function definition line:

def demorgan2(V, A, B):

where A

and B

are subsets of V.

First compute: V−(A∩B)

Then compute: (V−A) ∪(V−B)

If the two are equal, return True; otherwise, return False.

Answer:(penalty regime: 0 %)

def demorgan2(V, A, B):

left_side = V. difference (A. intersection(B))

right_side = V. difference(A). union (V. difference(B))

if left_side == right_side:

return True

else:

return False

Question 100: Complete the function dictchk creates a new dictionary from an input dictionary as follows. Each key in the input dictionary is checked to see if it contains the character ‘k’. If so, the new dictionary is updated with the key:value pair. After all the keys have been checked, the new dictionary is returned.

Answer:(penalty regime: 0 %)

def dictchk(x):

new_dict = {}

for key in x:

if ‘k’ in key:

new_dict[key] = x[key]

return new_dict

Question 101: What should this expression result in an output of, and why?

print (2+10/5-4)

0, because division takes place before addition or subtraction
0.0, because division takes place before addition or subtraction
12, because addition and subtraction take place before division when using integers
An error, because this is invalid Python syntax

Question 102: Assume this set of instructions is executed in the Repl.it run window.

z=int (input (‘Input a number: ‘))

y=’12’

print(z*y)

What will be the resulting output?

The string ‘z12’
12 times the value input into the variable z
z copies of ’12’ will be concatenated together and output
An error, because the print expression mixes a string with a numeric value

Question 103: The goal of this function is to search for a key associated with an input value v given the input dictionary d:

def funcd (d, v):

for #complete this for statement

if d[key] == v:

return key

return dict ()

Which of the following statements would accomplish this goal?

for d in key:
for v in key:
for key in v:
for key in d:

Question 104: Assume that source.txt contains the data:

-3

-15

What will the screen output be after this code executes?

myfile = open(‘source.txt’)

a=-3

for line in myfile:

if a==int(line):

print(line)

break

myfile. close ()

-3
2
7
8

Question 105: Which of the following strings, when inserted into this code, will generate a match if the code executes?

import re

pattern=’……[abc]\s\.’

s=#insert string here

print (re. search (pattern, s))

s=’abcda.’
s=’abcdea.’
s=’……abc ‘
s=’……abc.’

Question 106: What is the syntax error in this set of instructions?

def fexamp ():

a=2

return a

print(fexamp)

There no input arguments to the function fexamp
The print instruction should be print (fexamp ())
The function definition line should be def fexamp:
The function definition line should be def fexamp ()

Question 107: Which of the following is true about the ‘try-except’ block?

Multiple errors can be handled within a single ‘except’ block
Each ‘try’ block must be associated with exactly one ‘except’ block
The ‘except’ block will not execute unless the type of error is specified
An ‘else’ block must be included for handling the case where no error occurs

Question 108: Which of the following is a login password an example of?

A Boolean variable
A user input variable
A fixed-length variable
A programmer-initialized variable

Question 109: Assume that the file source.txt contains the data:

2.3

3.14

Which of the following lines would complete this code so that the variable s will contain the sum of the values in source.txt?

myfile = open(‘source.txt’)

s = 0

for line in myfile:

#Fill in the instruction(s) here

myfile. close ()

s += line
s += float(line)
s = s + int(line)
a = line

s = s + a

Question 110: What will the data type of the variable z be after this code runs?

f = open(‘example.txt’,’w’)

f. writes(‘1.5e03’)

f. close ()

f = open(‘example.txt’)

z=f. read ()

f. close ()

float
int
list
str

Question 111: When attempting to match a pattern string against a list of strings, using the compile method in the re module will do which of the following?

Store the pattern to a file
Convert the pattern into machine code
Increase the efficiency of pattern matching
Enable pattern matching using other programming languages

Introduction to Python

Python is a high-level, interpreted programming language known for its simplicity and readability. It’s widely used in various fields like web development, data analysis, artificial intelligence, scientific computing, and more. Here’s a quick introduction to Python:

Key Features:

Easy to Learn and Read: Python’s syntax is designed to be readable and straightforward, making it an excellent choice for beginners.
Interpreted Language: Python code is executed line-by-line, which makes debugging easier and allows for quick development.
Dynamic Typing: You don’t need to declare the type of a variable; Python infers it at runtime.
Versatile: Python can be used for a variety of applications, including web development (using frameworks like Django or Flask), data analysis (using libraries like Pandas and NumPy), and automation.

Libraries and Frameworks:

NumPy and Pandas: For numerical operations and data manipulation.
Matplotlib and Seaborn: For data visualization.
Requests: For making HTTP requests.
Django and Flask: For web development.

Getting Started:

Install Python: Download and install Python from python.org.
IDE/Text Editor: Use an Integrated Development Environment (IDE) like PyCharm, or a text editor like VSCode.
Write Code: Start coding in Python and explore libraries and frameworks based on your interests.

Overall, Python’s simplicity, versatility, and community support make it an excellent choice for both beginners and experienced developers alike. Whether you’re building a simple script or a complex application. Python offers the tools and resources you need to get the job done efficiently.

July 26, 2024 0 comment

Certification

CS102: Introduction to Computer Science II Certification Exam Answers

by IndiaSuccessStories July 25, 2024

written by IndiaSuccessStories

CS102: Introduction to Computer Science II Exam Quiz Answers

Question 1: How do object-oriented languages go beyond earlier programming languages?

They have vastly superior compilers that create machine code that saves time and memory
They provide libraries of functions, like C++’s Standard Template Library or Java’s Container Library
They offer documentation tools that explain algorithms in more human-oriented, understandable ways
They focus on problem spaces and do not constrain programmers to specific problem-solving approaches

Question 2: An object is an instance of a class. There can be multiple instances of the same class. Which of the following best summarizes the characteristics of an object?

They have states, behavior, unique identities, and can communicate with other entities
They have states, behavior, unique identities, and can communicate with other entities
They are well-commented blocks of code that can be easily replaced and modified as the need arises
They provide reusable code for common functionality and can be called from other program components

Question 3: What are the three basic logic structures that are common to all programming approaches?

Classes, objects, iterators
Subroutines, functions, methods
Sequence of instructions, choose which instructions, repeat a block of instructions
Problem statement, abstraction of the problem, implementation of the problem solution

Question 4: What terminology is used in object-orientation that is not found in functional or modular approaches?

Messaging, remote-call, independent, thread, reuse, mutex
Call, procedure, process, do-while, if-then-else, loop, function
Class, method, attribute, polymorphism, inheritance, instance
Lock, unlock, delete, garbage cleanup, orphaned memory, pointer

Question 5: What is the general thought process behind object-orientated programming?

Solutions are defined in terms of classes; classes instantiate as objects; objects are formed into hierarchies by generalizing or specializing; objects can communicate with other objects
Trusted reusable software functions and subroutines are formed into libraries that enable programmers to focus on the increasing complexity of modern-day problems and their solutions
Independent software modules exist within a computer network; they do not necessarily share memory; the modules can communicate within various design architectures to enable problem solutions
Software projects require using known, good software modules that are a natural part of a computer programming languages that focus on solving problems rather than the programming process

Question 6: Which of the following should be done when you are considering functionality such as maps, lists, and queues?

Create reusable libraries to save project time in the future
Write documentation to make clear which datasets can be employed
Design and implement them to be agnostic of data type to give programmers greater flexibility
Perform testing to determine if the functionality is superior to code written on a project-by-project basis

Question 7: What is the fundamental tradeoff discussed in generic programming?

Whether to use non-local hosting versus using local hosting
What things need to be accomplished versus how to accomplish things
Creating multi-language systems versus creating same-language systems
Implementation in non-shared memory versus implementation in shared memory

Question 8: How does the concept of generic programming involve abstraction?

It enables libraries, which minimizes the amount of new programming needed to solve any given problem
It constructs catalogs of useful and efficient algorithms and data structures that are agnostic of data type
It produces essential data-flow architectures that act as problem-solving tools for modern, networked problems
It does not matter where a function is physically located, since any function can be called as if it were hosted within the program itself

Question 9: Classes instantiated as objects are central to object-oriented programming. Which of the following C++ code snippets puts a native object into a list and uses an explicit iterator to visit each element in the list?

#include <iostream>

#include <list>

#include <iterator>

using namespace std;

int main()

{

list <string> stringList;

list <string> ::iterator it;

stringList.push_back(“Dog”);

stringList.push_back(“Cat”);

stringList.push_back(“Horse”);

stringList.push_back(“Chicken”);

int length = stringList.size();

for (int i = 0; i < length; i++)

{

cout << stringList.front() << endl;

stringList.pop_front();

}

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

#include <list>

#include <iterator>

using namespace std;

int main()

{

list <string> stringList;

list <string> ::iterator it;

stringList.push_back(“Dog”);

stringList.push_back(“Cat”);

stringList.push_back(“Horse”);

stringList.push_back(“Chicken”);

while(stringList.size() > 0)

{

cout << stringList.front() << endl;

stringList.pop_front();

}

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

#include <list>

#include <iterator>

using namespace std;

int main()

{

list <string> stringList;

list <string> ::iterator it;

stringList.push_back(“Dog”);

stringList.push_back(“Cat”);

stringList.push_back(“Horse”);

stringList.push_back(“Chicken”);

for (it = stringList.begin(); it != stringList.end(); ++it)

std::cout << *it << endl;

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

#include <list>

#include <iterator>

using namespace std;

int main()

{

list <string> stringList;

list <string> ::iterator it;

stringList.push_back(“Dog”);

stringList.push_back(“Cat”);

stringList.push_back(“Horse”);

stringList.push_back(“Chicken”);

int length = stringList.size();

for (int i = length; i >= 1; i–)

{

cout << stringList.front() << endl;

stringList.pop_front();

}

return 0;

}

Question 10: A customer has an industrial process that generates anomalous events. It is desired to count the number of times each event occurs so that priorities on resolution can be decided. Which of the following Java and C++ code snippets prototype this capability without writing an explicit search function?

package com.company;

public class Main

{

public static void main(String[] args)

{

Map<String, Integer> eventMap =

new HashMap<String, Integer>();

String thisEvent;

Integer count;

boolean keyPresent;

for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)

for (Integer e = 0; e <= 127; e++)

{

thisEvent = Integer.toString(e.intValue());

keyPresent =

eventMap.containsKey(thisEvent);

if( ! keyPresent ) eventMap.put(thisEvent, 0);

else

{

count = eventMap.get(thisEvent);

eventMap.put(thisEvent, count + 1);

}

thisEvent = “2”;

count = eventMap.get(thisEvent);

System.out.println(“Example: ” + thisEvent +

” ” + Integer.toString(count.intValue()));

}

} #include <iostream>

#include <map>

#include <string>

int main()

{

map<string, unsigned int> eventMap;

map<string, unsigned int>::iterator

eventMapPointer;

string thisEvent;

for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)

for (unsigned int e = 0; e <= 127; e++)

{

thisEvent = (char)e;

eventMapPointer = eventMap.find(thisEvent);

if (eventMapPointer == eventMap.end())

eventMap[thisEvent] = 0;

else (*eventMapPointer).second++;

}

eventMapPointer = eventMap.find(“2”);

cout << “Example: ” << (*eventMapPointer).first <<

‘ ‘ << (*eventMapPointer).second << endl;

return 0;

}

package com.company;

import java.util.*;

public class Main

{

public static void main(String[] args)

{

Map<String, Integer> eventMap =

new HashMap<String, Integer>();

String thisEvent;

Integer count;

boolean keyPresent;

for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)

for (Integer e = 0; e <= 127; e++)

{

thisEvent = Integer.toString(e.intValue());

keyPresent =

eventMap.containsKey(thisEvent);

if( ! keyPresent ) eventMap.put(thisEvent, 0);

else

{

count = eventMap.get(thisEvent);

eventMap.put(thisEvent, count + 1);

}

thisEvent = “2”;

count = eventMap.get(thisEvent);

System.out.println(“Example: ” + thisEvent +

” ” + Integer.toString(count.intValue()));

}

} #include <iostream>

#include <map>

#include <string>

using namespace std;

int main()

{

map<string, unsigned int> eventMap;

map<string, unsigned int>::iterator

eventMapPointer;

string thisEvent;

for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)

for (unsigned int e = 0; e <= 127; e++)

{

thisEvent = (char)e;

eventMapPointer = eventMap.find(thisEvent);

if (eventMapPointer == eventMap.end())

eventMap[thisEvent] = 0;

else (*eventMapPointer).second++;

eventMapPointer = eventMap.find(“2”);

cout << “Example: ” << (*eventMapPointer).first <<

‘ ‘ << (*eventMapPointer).second << endl;

}

return 0;

}

package com.company;

import java.util.*;

public class Main

{

public static void main(String[] args)

{

Map<String, Integer> eventMap =

new HashMap<String, Integer>();

String thisEvent;

Integer count;

boolean keyPresent;

for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)

for (Integer e = 0; e <= 127; e++)

{

thisEvent = Integer.toString(e.intValue());

keyPresent =

eventMap.containsKey(thisEvent);

if( ! keyPresent ) eventMap.put(thisEvent, 0);

else

{

count = eventMap.get(thisEvent);

eventMap.put(thisEvent, count + 1);

}

thisEvent = “2”;

count = eventMap.get(thisEvent);

System.out.println(“Example: ” + thisEvent +

” ” + Integer.toString(count.intValue()));

}

} #include <iostream>

#include <map>

#include <string>

using namespace std;

int main()

{

map<string, unsigned int> eventMap;

map<string, unsigned int>::iterator

eventMapPointer;

string thisEvent;

for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)

for (unsigned int e = 0; e <= 127; e++)

{

thisEvent = (char)e;

eventMapPointer = eventMap.find(thisEvent);

if (eventMapPointer == eventMap.end())

eventMap[thisEvent] = 0;

else (*eventMapPointer).second++;

}

eventMapPointer = eventMap.find(“2”);

cout << “Example: ” << (*eventMapPointer).first <<

‘ ‘ << (*eventMapPointer).second << endl;

return 0;

}

package com.company;

import java.util.*;

public class Main

{

public static void main(String[] args)

{

Map<String, Integer> eventMap =

new HashMap<String, Integer>();

String thisEvent;

Integer count;

for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)

for (Integer e = 0; e <= 127; e++)

{

thisEvent = Integer.toString(e.intValue());

count =

eventMap.get(thisEvent);

if(count != null) eventMap.put(thisEvent, 0);

else

{

eventMap.put(thisEvent, count + 1);

}

thisEvent = “2”;

count = eventMap.get(thisEvent);

System.out.println(“Example: ” + thisEvent +

” ” + Integer.toString(count.intValue()));

}

} #include <iostream>

#include <map>

#include <string>

using namespace std;

int main()

{

map<string, unsigned int> eventMap;

map<string, unsigned int>::iterator

eventMapPointer;

string thisEvent;

for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)

for (unsigned int e = 0; e <= 127; e++)

{

thisEvent = (char)e;

eventMapPointer = eventMap.find(thisEvent);

if (eventMapPointer != eventMap.end())

eventMap[thisEvent] = 0;

else (*eventMapPointer).second++;

eventMapPointer = eventMap.find(“2”);

cout << “Example: ” << (*eventMapPointer).first <<

‘ ‘ << (*eventMapPointer).second << endl;

}

return 0;

}

Question 11: Modern computers that are used in industrial and business applications typically have CPUs with multiple cores. These cores access a shared memory and can execute code simultaneously. Threads are used to take advantage of this capability. Which of the following demonstrates a simple example of thread creation and execution in Java and C++, using only standard language components without using third-party libraries?

package com.company;

public class Main

{

final static class MyThread extends Thread

{

public void run()

{

System.out.println(“MyThread running”);

}

public static void main(String[] args)

throws InterruptedException

{

MyThread myThread = new MyThread();

myThread.run();

myThread.join();

System.out.println(“myThread Completed”);

}

} #include <iostream>

#include <thread>

using namespace std;

void MyThread()

{

cout << “MyThread running” << endl;

}

int main()

{

thread myThread (MyThread);

myThread.run();

myThread.join();

cout << “myThread Completed\n”;

return 0;

}

package com.company;

public class Main

{

final static class MyThread extends Thread

{

public void run()

{

System.out.println(“MyThread running”);

}

public static void main(String[] args)

throws InterruptedException

{

MyThread myThread = new MyThread();

myThread.start();

myThread.join();

System.out.println(“myThread Completed”);

}

} #include <iostream>

#include <thread>

using namespace std;

void MyThread()

{

cout << “MyThread running” << endl;

}

int main()

{

thread myThread (MyThread);

myThread.join();

cout << “myThread Completed\n”;

return 0;

}

package com.company;

public class Main

{

final static class MyThread extends Thread

{

public void run()

{

System.out.println(“MyThread running”);

}

public static void main(String[] args)

throws InterruptedException

{

MyThread myThread = new MyThread();

myThread.join();

System.out.println(“myThread Completed”);

}

} #include <iostream>

#include <thread>

using namespace std;

void MyThread()

{

cout << “MyThread running” << endl;

}

int main()

{

thread myThread (MyThread);

myThread.start();

myThread.join();

cout << “myThread Completed\n”;

return 0;

}

package com.company;

public class Main

{

final static class MyThread extends Thread

{

public void run()

{

System.out.println(“MyThread running”);

}

public static void main(String[] args)

throws InterruptedException

{

MyThread myThread = new MyThread();

myThread.start();

myThread.join();

System.out.println(“myThread Completed”);

}

} #include <iostream>

#include <thread>

using namespace std;

void MyThread()

{

cout << “MyThread running” << endl;

}

int main()

{

MyThread();

cout << “myThread Completed\n”;

return 0;

}

Question 12: What is a major difference in the way C++ passes data to functions and methods compared to Java?

C++ is completely unable to interact with processes not written in C++, while Java has the ability to interact with processes written in other languages
In C++, pointers, references, and pass-by-value are supported only for primitive data types, while in Java primitive data types are always passed by value
In C++, pointers, references, and pass-by-value are supported for all primitive and user-defined data types, while in Java all data types are always passed by value
In C++, there is no way at all to access data not resident in the program’s shared memory, while in Java functionality can be created to access data not residing in the program’s shared memory

Question 13: What is an important difference between Java and C++ when it comes to numeric variable types?

Java does not enable integer variables, only floating-point; C++ enables both integer and floating point
Java does not have native floating-point variables; C++ has several different floating point variable types
Java does not support native unsigned arithmetic data types; C++ has native unsigned arithmetic support
Java supports certain native variable types which have class-based equivalents; C++ is only beginning to implement such capability in beta releases

Question 14: What important feature do C++ templates and Java containers share?

They are both data-type agnostic
They are both are written in assembler
They are both assembled from public libraries
They are both directly interchangeable from one language to another

Question 15: What important problem-solving capability does generic programming allow us to use?

The ability to create directly-executable machine code for any computer platform
The freedom from having to consider the details of a given language, especially data-types
Robust documentation tools that can be used to make any code completely understandable
The ability to easily merge components from any language seamlessly into a single application

Question 16: What language feature does C++ employ as a foundation for its Standard Template Library?

Well-documented type-specific subroutines and functions, which enables efficient runtime
Remote-calling capability that allows for taking advantage of any collection’s or library’s capability
Expansion of the C language to include object-orientation as a native programming language feature
Expansion of the C language to include object-orientation as a native programming language feature

Question 17: How are the C++ Standard Template Library and the Java Container Library similar?

They both collect language-specific public libraries in a common catalog that provides documentation
They both result in directly-executable machine code that can be accessed by other language modules
Both use the same syntax, which means they are interpretable by either language’s compilation process
Both provide language-standard libraries of data structures and functionality that are data-type agnostic

Question 18: You have been tasked with creating a key/record retrieval capability. You want to avoid implementing a formal database and concentrate on data-use capability. Which of the following code prototypes adds entries to this database using C++’ Standard Template Library, and does not require sequential searching?

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

typedef struct {string elements [10];} Record, *pRecord;

struct key_value {string first; pRecord second = NULL; key_value *next = NULL; };

pRecord thisRecord = NULL;

key_value *Database = NULL;

key_value* lastEntry = NULL;

void Add_Entry(string key, pRecord thisRecord)

{

if (Database != NULL)

{

lastEntry->next = new key_value;

lastEntry = lastEntry->next;;

}

else

{

Database = new key_value;

lastEntry = Database;

}

lastEntry->first = key;

lastEntry->second = thisRecord;

}

int main()

{

thisRecord = new Record;

thisRecord->elements[0] = “Step 1”;

Add_Entry(“Study”, thisRecord);

thisRecord = new Record;

thisRecord->elements[0] = “Step 2”;

Add_Entry(“Learn”, thisRecord);

thisRecord = new Record;

thisRecord->elements[0] = “Step 3”;

Add_Entry(“Work”, thisRecord);

thisRecord = new Record;

thisRecord->elements[0] = “Step 4”;

Add_Entry(“Produce”, thisRecord);

thisRecord = new Record;

thisRecord->elements[0] = “Cycle Through Steps”;

Add_Entry(“Repeat”, thisRecord);

key_value* thisEntry = Database;

while (thisEntry != NULL)

{

cout << thisEntry->first << ” : ” << thisEntry->second->elements[0] << endl;

thisEntry = thisEntry->next;

}

#include <iostream>

#include <unordered_map>

using namespace std;

typedef struct { string elements[10]; } Record, *pRecord;

pRecord thisRecord = NULL;

unordered_map<string, pRecord> Database;

int main()

{

thisRecord = new Record;

thisRecord->elements[0] = “Step 1”;

Database[“Study”] = thisRecord;

thisRecord = new Record;

thisRecord->elements[0] = “Step 2”;

Database[“Learn”] = thisRecord;

thisRecord = new Record;

thisRecord->elements[0] = “Step 3”;

Database[“Work”] = thisRecord;

thisRecord = new Record;

thisRecord->elements[0] = “Step 4”;

Database[“Produce”] = thisRecord;

thisRecord = new Record;

thisRecord->elements[0] = “Cycle Through Steps”;

Database[“Repeat”] = thisRecord;

for (auto key_value : Database)

cout << key_value.first << ” : ” << key_value.second->elements[0] << endl;

}

#include

#include

using namespace std;

typedef struct { string key; string elements[10]; } Record, * pRecord;

pRecord thisRecord;

list Database;

int main()

{

thisRecord = new Record;

thisRecord->elements[0] = “Step 1”;

thisRecord->key = “Study”;

Database.push_back(thisRecord);

thisRecord = new Record;

thisRecord->elements[0] = “Step 2”;

thisRecord->key = “Learn”;

Database.push_back(thisRecord);

thisRecord = new Record;

thisRecord->elements[0] = “Step 3”;

thisRecord->key = “Work”;

Database.push_back(thisRecord);

thisRecord = new Record;

thisRecord->elements[0] = “Step 4”;

thisRecord->key = “Produce”;

Database.push_back(thisRecord);

thisRecord = new Record;

thisRecord->elements[0] = “Cycle Through Steps”;

thisRecord->key = “Repeat”;

Database.push_back(thisRecord);

for (auto key_value : Database)

cout << key_value->key << ” : ” << key_value->elements[0] << endl;

}

#include <iostream>

#include <set>

using namespace std;

typedef struct { string key; string elements[10]; } Record, * pRecord;

pRecord thisRecord;

set<pRecord> Database;

int main()

{

thisRecord = new Record;

thisRecord->elements[0] = “Step 1”;

thisRecord->key = “Study”;

Database.insert(thisRecord);

thisRecord = new Record;

thisRecord->elements[0] = “Step 2”;

thisRecord->key = “Learn”;

Database.insert(thisRecord);

thisRecord = new Record;

thisRecord->elements[0] = “Step 3”;

thisRecord->key = “Work”;

Database.insert(thisRecord);

thisRecord = new Record;

thisRecord->elements[0] = “Step 4”;

thisRecord->key = “Produce”;

Database.insert(thisRecord);

thisRecord = new Record;

thisRecord->elements[0] = “Cycle Through Steps”;

thisRecord->key = “Repeat”;

Database.insert(thisRecord);

for (auto key_value : Database)

cout << key_value->key << ” : ” << key_value->elements[0] << endl;

}

Question 19: What are the two major categories in the C++ Standard Template Library?

Data structures that are linear and associative
Local and remote hosting of program modules
Shared and non-shared memory for storing data structures
Compiled/linked and interpreted code for runtime implementation

Question 20: Which of the following best outlines how data collections are used in C++ and Java?

In both Java and C++, collections can only be written to store class objects
In both Java and C++, collections are not generic since they can only hold primitive types
In Java, any collection can be written to store any class, while collections in C++ can only deal with primitive types
In Java, any collection can be written to store any class, while C++ collections hold primitive types in addition to classes

Question 21: What are the three generic types of data collections?

Stacks, queues, and arrays
Ordered lists, arrays, and vectors
Trees, dictionaries/maps, and vectors
Ordered lists, dictionaries/maps, and sets

Question 22: What is the main reason for employing exception handling?

To trigger threads when specific program conditions are met
To prevent sudden program termination due to abnormal conditions
To provide an expanded if/then/else capability that is more expressive
To instantiate loops with unusual conditions for ending a cycle of code execution

Question 23: Which of the following lists three reasons to use exception handling?

Increases operating system portability, increases hardware portability, and increases language portability
Expands the conditions for terminating loops, improves thread control, and provides access other-language components
Creates a system of hardware interrupts, expands conditionals, and acts as an alternative to if/then/else logic structures
Improves error recovery, eases the creation of robust program components, and minimizes the chance of unrecoverable errors

Question 24: There are many reasons why specific exceptions should be handled according to their type. However, during concept development, you may want to explicitly catch whatever exceptions are generated, report them, and provide code-location information. How might you do this in Java and C++?

package com.company;

public class Main

{

public static void main

(String[] args)

{

try { int i = 5 / 0; }

catch (Exception e)

{

System.out.println

(e.toString());

e.printStackTrace();

System.out.println

(“Program Abended”);

System.exit(-1);

}

System.out.println

(“Program Ended Normally”);

}

} #include <iostream>

#include <typeinfo>

#include <exception>

using namespace std;

class Polymorphic

{ virtual void Member() {} };

int main()

{

try

{

Polymorphic* pb = 0;

cout << typeid(*pb).name();

}

catch (exception &e)

{

cout <<

“An exception occurred: ” <<

endl << e.what() << ‘\n’;

cout <<

“*** Location: Module Main: ” <<

Catch Statement: 001″ << endl;

cout << “Program Abended” << endl;

return -1;

}

cout << “Program Ended Normally” <<

endl;

return 0;

}

package com.company;

public class Main

{

public static void main

(String[] args) throws Exception

{

int i = 5 / 0;

System.out.println

(“Program Ended Normally”);

}

} #include <iostream>

#include <typeinfo>

#include <exception>

using namespace std;

class Polymorphic

{ virtual void Member() {} };

int main()

{

Polymorphic* pb = 0;

cout << typeid(*pb).name();

cout << “Program Ended Normally” <<

endl;

return 0;

}

package com.company;

public class Main

{

public static void main

(String[] args)

{

try { int i = 5 / 0; }

catch (Exception e) { }

System.out.println

(“Program Ended Normally”);

}

} #include <iostream>

#include <typeinfo>

#include <exception>

using namespace std;

class Polymorphic

{ virtual void Member() {} };

int main()

{

try

{

Polymorphic* pb = 0;

cout << typeid(*pb).name();

}

catch (…) { }

cout << “Program Ended Normally” <<

endl;

return 0;

}

package com.company;

public class Main

{

public static void main

(String[] args)

{

try { int i = 5 / 0; }

catch (Exception e)

{

System.out.println

(“Caught an Exception);

}

System.out.println

(“Program Ended Normally”);

}

} #include <iostream>

#include <typeinfo>

#include <exception>

using namespace std;

class Polymorphic

{ virtual void Member() {} };

int main()

{

try

{

Polymorphic* pb = 0;

cout << typeid(*pb).name();

}

catch (exception &e)

{

cout <<

“An exception occurred.” <<

endl;

}

cout << “Program Ended Normally” <<

endl;

return 0;

}

Question 25: The standard exceptions generated by Java sometimes require more processing than would be appropriate for a simple catch statement. Which of the following is a rudimentary way of blending this kind of processing with a try/catch paradigm?

package com.company;

class Exception_NullInteger

{

public String feedback;

public Integer newValue;

Exception_NullInteger(String feedback, Integer I)

{

// some processing on constructor input values

I = 0; // result of that processing

this.newValue = I;

this.feedback = feedback;

}

public class Main

{

public static void main(String[] args)

{

Integer I = null;

Exception_NullInteger myException = null;

try { System.out.println(I.toString()); }

catch (Exception_NullInteger e)

{

System.out.println(e.toString());

System.out.println(e.feedback);

I = e.newValue;

System.out.println(“Value confirmed to be ” + I.toString());

System.out.println(“StackTrace: “);

StackTraceElement[] thisStackTrace = e.getStackTrace();

for (int L = 0; L < thisStackTrace.length; L++)

System.out.println(“\t” + thisStackTrace[L].toString());

}

finally { System.out.println(“Main Continues”); }

}

package com.company;

class Exception_NullInteger extends Exception

{

public String feedback;

public Integer newValue;

Exception_NullInteger(String feedback, Integer I)

{

// some processing on constructor input values

I = 0; // result of that processing

this.newValue = I;

this.feedback = feedback;

}

public class Main

{

public static void main(String[] args)

{

Integer I = null;

Exception_NullInteger myException = null;

try { System.out.println(I.toString()); }

catch (NullPointerException e)

{

System.out.println(e.toString());

System.out.println(“StackTrace: “);

StackTraceElement[] thisStackTrace = e.getStackTrace();

for (int L = 0; L < thisStackTrace.length; L++)

System.out.println(“\t” + thisStackTrace[L].toString());

}

finally { System.out.println(“Main Continues”); }

}

package com.company;

class Exception_NullInteger extends Exception

{

public String feedback;

public Integer newValue;

Exception_NullInteger(String feedback, Integer I)

{

// some processing on constructor input values

I = 0; // result of that processing

this.newValue = I;

this.feedback = feedback;

}

public class Main

{

public static void main(String[] args)

{

Integer I = null;

Exception_NullInteger myException = null;

try

{

if (I == null)

throw new Exception_NullInteger(“Exception: Integer is null.”, I);

}

catch (Exception_NullInteger e)

{

System.out.println(e.toString());

System.out.println(e.feedback);

I = e.newValue;

System.out.println(“Value confirmed to be ” + I.toString());

System.out.println(“StackTrace: “);

StackTraceElement[] thisStackTrace = e.getStackTrace();

for (int L = 0; L < thisStackTrace.length; L++)

System.out.println(“\t” + thisStackTrace[L].toString());

}

finally { System.out.println(“Main Continues”); }

}

package com.company;

class Exception_NullInteger extends Exception

{

public String feedback;

public Integer newValue;

Exception_NullInteger(String feedback, Integer I)

{

// some processing on constructor input values

I = 0; // result of that processing

this.newValue = I;

this.feedback = feedback;

}

public class Main

{

public static void main(String[] args)

{

Integer I = null;

Exception_NullInteger myException = null;

if (I == null)

{

I = 0;

System.out.println(“Value confirmed to be ” + I.toString());

}

System.out.println(“Main Continues”);

}

Question 26: You are writing code for a project in C++, and the program keeps crashing. The IDE’s debugger consistently shows that the crash occurs in various places but always during memory allocation. Which of the following code snippets uses exceptions to resolve this situation?

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

int main()

{

while (true)

{

try

{

char* c = new char[9999999];

}

catch (bad_alloc &e)

{

cout << “*** Out of memory at Point A.” << endl;

cout << e.what() << endl;

cout << “Program Abended.” << endl;

return -1;

}

cout << “Program Ended Normally.” << endl;

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

int main()

{

while (true)

{

char* c = new char[9999999];

if (c == NULL) cout << “Out of memory” << endl;

}

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

int main()

{

char* c = NULL;

while (true)

{

try

{

c = new char[9999999];

}

catch (bad_alloc &e)

{

cout << e.what() << ” Point A.” << endl;

c = new char[9999999];

}

cout << “Program Ended Normally.” << endl;

return 0;

}

using namespace std;

int main()

{

while (true)

{

try

{

char* c = new char[9999999];

}

catch (bad_alloc &e)

{

c = NULL;

}

cout << “Program Ended Normally.” << endl;

return 0;

}

Question 27: You are writing a C++ program in a distributed-processing/same-memory situation, and the program keeps crashing. The IDE indicates that the crash is happening when new threads are spawned. Which of the following code snippets uses exceptions to catch issues like this, and to indicate what might be happening?

#include <iostream>

#include <thread>

#include <list>

using namespace std;

#define length 9999

void anotherThread(int n)

{

char thisCharSeq[length];

while (true) { int i = n; }

}

int main()

{

list<thread> theseThreads;

int n = 0;

while (true)

{

theseThreads.push_back(thread(anotherThread, ++n));

}

std::cout << “Program Ended Normally.\n”;

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

#include <thread>

#include <list>

using namespace std;

#define length 9999

void anotherThread(int n)

{

char thisCharSeq[length];

while (true) { int i = n; }

}

int main()

{

list<thread> theseThreads;

int n = 0;

while (true)

{

try

{

theseThreads.push_back(thread(anotherThread, ++n));

}

catch (exception& e)

{

cout << “Exception: Point A.” << endl;

cout << “Thread Count: ” << n << endl;

cout << e.what() << endl;

cout << “Program Abended.” << endl;

return -1;

}

std::cout << “Program Ended Normally.\n”;

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

#include <thread>

#include <list>

using namespace std;

#define length 9999

void anotherThread(int n)

{

char thisCharSeq[length];

while (true) { int i = n; }

}

int main()

{

list<thread> theseThreads;

int n = 0;

while (true)

{

try

{

theseThreads.push_back(thread(anotherThread, ++n));

}

catch (…) {}

}

std::cout << “Program Ended Normally.\n”;

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

#include <thread>

#include <list>

using namespace std;

#define length 9999

void anotherThread(int n)

{

char thisCharSeq[length];

while (true) { int i = n; }

}

int main()

{

list<thread> theseThreads;

int n = 0;

while (true)

{

try

{

theseThreads.push_back(thread(anotherThread, ++n));

}

catch (stack_overflow& e)

{

cout << “Exception: Point A.” << endl;

cout << “Thread Count: ” << n << endl;

cout << e.what() << endl;

cout << “Program Abended.” << endl;

return -1;

}

std::cout << “Program Ended Normally.\n”;

return 0;

}

Question 28: At their most fundamental level, what are recursive algorithms, and how do they relate to solution design?

They use the results of multiple independent processes to build and populate data structures. Analyzing them enables objective conclusions to be reached about complex problems. They are serendipitous and only possible in large networked systems.
They reduce a complex problem into simpler problems, and combine those problems to form the solution to a complex problem. They are composed of a base case (where a direct solution exists) and an inductive case (where additional reduction is required).
They spawn threads to handle components of an extensive calculation or data manipulation so that time-to-completion is reduced. They combine the threads’ results to form the overall solution. They can also be created via processes in non-shared memory running on geographically-dispersed computers.
They combine solutions to random simpler problems to provide insight into more-complex problems. The solution to simpler problems leads to solutions of problems at a higher and higher level of generality. They can then be used to provide solutions to different specific cases than the ones originally encountered.

Question 29: QuickSort is a recursive sorting method that generally takes the following steps:

Pick one element of the list to be the “pivot element”.
Break the list one list of elements less than the pivot element, and one of elements greater than the pivot element.
Sort each of the smaller lists recursively.
Make one big list: the list of items smaller than the pivot element, then the pivot element, and then the list of elements bigger than the pivot element.

Which of the following implements this general paradigm in C++?

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

const int arraySize = 6;

int Partition_ChosePivot(double (&A)[arraySize], int beginRange, int endRange)

{

double hold;

double pivot = A[beginRange];

int left = beginRange;

for (int i = beginRange + 1; i <= endRange; i++)

{

if (A[i] < pivot)

{

left++;

hold = A[i];

A[i] = A[left];

A[left] = hold;

}

return left;

}

void QUICKSORT(double (&A)[arraySize], int beginRange, int endRange)

{

if (beginRange < endRange)

{

int pivot = Partition_ChosePivot(A, beginRange, endRange);

QUICKSORT(A, beginRange, pivot – 1);

QUICKSORT(A, pivot + 1, endRange);

}

int main()

{

double array[arraySize] = { 20, 2, 0, 1, 1, 10 };

QUICKSORT(array, 0, arraySize – 1);

for(int i = 0; i < arraySize; i++) cout << array[i] << “\n”;

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

const int arraySize = 6;

int Partition_ChosePivot(double (&A)[arraySize], int beginRange, int endRange)

{

double hold;

double pivot = A[beginRange];

int left = beginRange;

for (int i = beginRange + 1; i <= endRange; i++)

{

if (A[i] < pivot)

{

left++;

hold = A[i];

A[i] = A[left];

A[left] = hold;

}

hold = A[beginRange];

A[beginRange] = A[left];

A[left] = hold;

return left;

}

void QUICKSORT(double (&A)[arraySize], int beginRange, int endRange)

{

if (beginRange < endRange)

{

int pivot = Partition_ChosePivot(A, beginRange, endRange);

QUICKSORT(A, beginRange, pivot – 1);

}

int main()

{

double array[arraySize] = { 20, 2, 0, 1, 1, 10 };

QUICKSORT(array, 0, arraySize – 1);

for(int i = 0; i < arraySize; i++) cout << array[i] << “\n”;

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

const int arraySize = 6;

int Partition_ChoosePivot(double (&A)[arraySize], int beginRange, int endRange)

{

double hold;

double pivot = A[beginRange];

int left = beginRange;

for (int i = beginRange + 1; i <= endRange; i++)

{

if (A[i] < pivot)

{

left++;

hold = A[i];

A[i] = A[left];

A[left] = hold;

}

hold = A[beginRange];

A[beginRange] = A[left];

A[left] = hold;

return left;

}

void QUICKSORT(double (&A)[arraySize], int beginRange, int endRange)

{

if (beginRange < endRange)

{

int pivot = Partition_ChoosePivot(A, beginRange, endRange);

QUICKSORT(A, beginRange, pivot – 1);

QUICKSORT(A, pivot + 1, endRange);

}

int main()

{

double array[arraySize] = { 20, 2, 0, 1, 1, 10 };

QUICKSORT(array, 0, arraySize – 1);

for(int i = 0; i < arraySize; i++) cout << array[i] << “\n”;

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

const int arraySize = 6;

int Partition_ChosePivot(double (&A)[arraySize], int beginRange, int endRange)

{

double hold;

double pivot = A[beginRange];

int left = beginRange;

for (int i = beginRange + 1; i <= endRange; i++)

{

if (A[i] < pivot)

{

left++;

hold = A[i];

A[i] = A[left];

A[left] = hold;

}

hold = A[beginRange];

A[beginRange] = A[left];

A[left] = hold;

return left;

}

void QUICKSORT(double (&A)[arraySize], int beginRange, int endRange)

{

if (beginRange < endRange)

{

int pivot = Partition_ChosePivot(A, beginRange, endRange);

QUICKSORT(A, beginRange, pivot – 1);

QUICKSORT(A, pivot + 1, endRange);

}

int main()

{

double array[arraySize] = { 20, 2, 0, 1, 1, 10 };

int pivot = 3;

QUICKSORT(array, pivot, arraySize – 1);

for(int i = 0; i < arraySize; i++) cout << array[i] << “\n”;

return 0;

}

Question 30: What is the most important consideration when selecting a sorting or searching algorithm?

Using only one language rather than mixed languages
Being able to self-implement rather than using established modules
The average complexity of both time and memory for the expected data sizes
Implementing so that as few machine or byte codes are executed during runtime as possible

Question 31: A very basic recursive formula in mathematics is fn+1=fn+fn−1��+1=��+��−1. Would this always work in computer science? Why or why not?

Yes: any calculation expressed in mathematics can be expressed in the target computer language; the code simply has to be written and tested
Yes: many modern languages in computer science contain the syntax to exactly translate the notation of mathematics into the notation of the language in question
No: many modern languages in computer science are incapable of recursive operation; instead, recursive mathematics must be translated into non-recursive (explicit/iterative) procedures
No: mathematics rests on the infinity theory, while computer science depends on finite machines; computers can realistically represent numbers of only limited size and accuracy, even with special software

Question 32: What can be an important difference in the implementation of list and tree search-and-sort algorithms?

List search and sort cannot be implemented as in-pace algorithms
Lists have only one link from one data-element’s memory to another
Data organized for list search and sort often occupies contiguous memory
List search and sort generally require twice the amount of memory as occupied by the dataset

Question 33: Data has been organized in this binary tree for searching. What traversal method would you use to find the exact target-value match?

CS102 - Introduction to Computer Science II

Depth-first
Breadth-first
Sequential memory locations
Either row-first or column-first

Question 34: What are basic approaches to analyzing the time complexity of a search or sort algorithm’s implementation?

Count the number of lines in the pre-compiled source code, and add a factor for loops
Count the number of assembler tokens or byte codes generated from the source code
Count lines of executable code, run timing experiments, and add time for sorting data
Add a multiplier for each memory access required during operations when the language requires it

Question 35: This chart illustrates the memory complexity of two different designs for accomplishing a given task. The vertical axis is the amount of memory involved. The horizontal axis is the size of the dataset. What conclusion can be drawn from the chart?

The algorithm in red is always better
The algorithm in blue is always better
Either algorithm works when there is sufficient memory
The algorithm in blue is better for datasets of size 45 or less

Question 36: Which of the following best describes how programming languages have broadly progressed to lead up to the object-oriented approach used today?

From functional, to modular, to object-oriented
From abstractions of the computer to abstractions of the problem to be solved
From binary, to assembler, to imperative languages, to higher-level languages
From large volumes of hard-to-read code to smaller volumes of easy-to-read code

Question 37: How did programming languages change as generic programming was developed?

It became more common to use reusable trusted code instead of writing everything from scratch
The classes within object-oriented programming languages started to be seen as new data types
They evolved from personal and open-access programming libraries to language-standard libraries
They evolved from type-specific functions and subroutines to type-inspecific functions and subroutines

Question 38: What is it about iterators that is so important to generic programming?

They enable visiting all elements of a data structure without regard for the type of a structure’s elements
They point to generic data elements regardless of their physical location; they are host-location agnostic
They are a direct replacement for the index of for loops; one simply defines the iterator type appropriately
They reference all duplicative records within main and backup databases, they are record-length agnostic

Question 39: Computers execute programs that are stored as a sequence of low-level machine language instructions in the computer’s memory. They do this by repeatedly reading (fetching) an instruction from memory and then carrying out (executing) that instruction. This process is called the fetch-and-execute cycle. But neither C++ nor Java language code is directly executable, and these languages are not the same as machine language. How does the computer get its machine-language instructions?

Both C++ and Java go through a compile-then-link process that produces machine code that runs directly on the compute
Both C++ and Java generate pseudo-code that is interpreted by a separate low-level program that is written specifically for a given type of CPU
The C++ compiler creates bytecodes that are interpreted by an operating system process, while the Java compiler creates machine language, and a linker ties code modules together into a directly-executable program
C++ uses a compiler to create machine language and a linker to tie code modules together into a directly-executable program, while Java’s compiler creates bytecodes that are interpreted by the Java Virtual Machine

Question 40: How does the overall focus of C++ compare to the overall focus of Java?

C++ has an embedded library of functionality that is part of the language standard, while Java requires the use of third-party libraries if one wishes to employ common functions and data structures
C++ targets systems and applications programming, and efficient direct execution, while Java is a general-purpose language with enhanced portability that operates through a virtual machine
C++ completely replaces the C language with object-oriented and data-generic programming and Java’s syntax similar to C++; both languages can implement functionality implemented in the other language
C++ does not enable direct object-oriented programming and requires defined data structures and separate functions for manipulating those structures, while Java directly supports full object-oriented programming

Question 41: Programmer-defined data-types are very interesting, since they can be composed of subtypes defined by programmers, languages, and even native primitive types. Why is this important for generic programming?

Optimal runtime modules are created thereby, which minimizes memory and time consumption
Linkers and interpreters can readily interpret such variables, which minimizes program build time
Machine-code is more-easily generated under such circumstances, which minimizes compile time
No data-type has to be defined until compile-time, which makes top-level data-types flexible and reusable

Question 42: C++, its object orientation, and its Standard Template Library enable a fundamental transition in thought as a project proceeds. What transition might that be?

Abstract during conceptualization and design, to specific in implementation and programming
Geographic agnosticity is maintained until runtime, when specific modules are remotely called
Memory utilization is not an issue since virtual memory is always available or swapping is used
Runtime timing requirements can be left to the compiler/linker to satisfy via its optimization capabilities

Question 43: In order to better manage submitted computer jobs, it is sometimes good to let very long jobs run while allowing short jobs to also be satisfied (assuming for now that the memory capacity of the computer is sufficient). Which C++ Standard Template Library component could be used best to demonstrate how the longest-waiting jobs in those two categories would be run first?

Graph
List
Queue
Set

Question 44: Which of the following code snippets uses the C++ Standard Template Library to show how to display local time and Coordinated Universal Time?

#include <iostream>

#include <time.h>

using namespace std;

int main()

{

time_t result = time(NULL);

cout << “Local Time: ” << result << endl;

cout << “Coordinated Universal Time: ” << result + (7*60*60) << endl;

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

#include <ctime>

using namespace std;

int main()

{

time_t result = time(nullptr);

cout << “Local Time: ” << asctime(localtime(&result)) << endl;

cout << “Coordinated Universal Time: ” << asctime(gmtime(&result)) << endl;

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

#include <ctime>

using namespace std;

int main()

{

time_t result = time(nullptr);

cout << “Local Time: ” << asctime(localtime(&result)) << endl;

cout << “Coordinated Universal Time: ” << asctime(system_clock(&result))<<endl;

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

#include <time.h>

using namespace std;

int main()

{

time_t result = time(NULL);

cout << “Local Time: ” << result << endl;

cout << “Coordinated Universal Time: ” << result + (60*60) << endl;

return 0;

}

Question 45: You are writing a program, but you notice that many of the C++ processes spawned by the program place messages on the console. These messages come out as gibberish, since they overlap and interfere with each other, which means that nothing is legible. Which of the following Standard Template Library approaches could help to overcome this problem?

#include <iostream>

#include <thread>

#include <mutex>

using namespace std;

mutex consoleMutex;

void workingThread (int id)

{

int myID = id;

consoleMutex.lock();

std::cout << “Thread # ” << myID << ‘\n’;

consoleMutex.unlock();

}

int main ()

{

std::thread threads[10];

for (int i = 0; i < 10; ++i)

threads[i] = thread(workingThread, i + 1);

for (auto& th : threads) th.join();

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

#include <thread>

#include <mutex>

using namespace std;

mutex consoleMutex;

void workingThread (int id)

{

int myID = id;

std::cout << “Thread # ” << myID << ‘\n’ << flush;

}

int main ()

{

std::thread threads[10];

for (int i = 0; i < 10; ++i)

threads[i] = thread(workingThread, i + 1);

for (auto& th : threads) th.join();

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

#include <thread>

#include <mutex>

using namespace std;

mutex consoleMutex;

void workingThread (int id)

{

int myID = id;

consoleMutex.lock();

std::cout << “Thread # ” << myID << ‘\n’ << flush;

consoleMutex.unlock();

}

int main ()

{

std::thread threads[10];

for (int i = 0; i < 10; ++i)

threads[i] = thread(workingThread, i + 1);

for (auto& th : threads) th.join();

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

#include <thread>

#include <mutex>

using namespace std;

mutex consoleMutex;

void workingThread (int id)

{

int myID = id;

this_thread::sleep_for(std::chrono::seconds(2));

std::cout << “Thread # ” << myID << ‘\n’ << flush;

}

int main ()

{

std::thread threads[10];

for (int i = 0; i < 10; ++i)

threads[i] = thread(workingThread, i + 1);

for (auto& th : threads) th.join();

return 0;

}

Question 46: Data collections and arrays of data both hold references to objects and can be managed as a group. Which of the following are the major differences between data collections and arrays of data?

Arrays hold primitive types such as int, long, or double, while collections hold wrapper classes such as Integer, Long, or Double
Collections hold primitive types such as int, long, or double, while arrays hold wrapper classes such as Integer, Long, or Double
Arrays need to be assigned a static capacity when created, while collections vary in size automatically when objects are added or removed
Collections need to be assigned a static capacity when created, while arrays vary in size automatically when objects are added or removed

Question 47: In Java, lists are implemented in the collections framework via the java.util.List interface. Which of the following best describes lists in Java?

They are a more flexible version of an array, since elements have a specific order, duplicate elements are allowed, and elements can be placed in a specific position or searched for within the list
They are a more flexible version of a set, since elements do not have a specific order and duplicate elements are not allowed, but elements can be placed in a specific position and be searched for within the list
They are a more flexible version of a map, since elements are a key/data pair, duplicate elements are allowed, and elements cannot be placed in a specific position but can be searched for within the list using the key
They are a more flexible version of a queue, since elements are pushed onto the queue, duplicate elements are allowed, and elements cannot be placed in a specific position but are referenced only at the front or back of the queue

Question 48: Binary Search is known to have time complexity O(Clog10(n))�(�log10⁡(�)). After implementation and testing, It was found that a variable was constantly redefined within a loop. Moving the definition outside the loop made the code run faster. How would the time complexity of the algorithm and its implementation be restated? C�, X�, and E� refer to numeric constants whose values are greater than 00. n� refers to the size of the data block. The value of X� is less than C�.

O(C×n−−√)�(�×�)
O(E×ln(n))�(�×ln⁡(�))
O(C×log2(n))�(�×log2⁡(�))
O((C−X)log10(n))�((�−�)log10⁡(�))

Question 49: What is the most important consideration during QuickSort?

Choosing the pivot point
Ensuring there is pre-sorted data
Implementing in the right language
Choosing between recursive or explicit implementation

Question 50: In what cases is linear search faster than binary search?

When you have a large dataset
When you have a pre-sorted dataset
When you have a very small dataset
When you have a dataset managed by a SQL DBMS

Question 51: From what two perspectives can memory and time complexity be analyzed?

Language and symbology
Algorithm and implementation
Source and assembler or byte code
Lines of source code and lines of executable code

Question 52: Why did software design practice evolve to object-orientation?

To increase the quality of final software products
To help people naturally focus on the problem to be solved
To provide excellent support for CMMI software project requirements
To enable languages to be human-focused instead of machine-focused

Question 53: Which of the following is an important difference in numerical representation in C++ as compared to Java?

C++ has no standardized byte-size limits for any primitive numeric types, while Java has standardized limits and sizes of all primitive numeric types on all platforms
In C++, primitive operations on numerical data always yield the same result from platform-to-platform, while in Java results from primitive operations on numerical data can vary from platform to platform
In C++, programs involving numeric data are not portable from platform to platform, while in Java all programs are fully portable from platform to platform as long as a JVM exists for the target platform
C++ has standardized minimum byte-size limits for all primitive numeric types and maximum byte sizes are platform-defined, while Java has standardized limits and sizes of all primitive numeric types on all platforms

Question 54: Why do object orientation and generic programming go together so naturally?

They lead directly to efficient networked systems
They are specifically designed for shared and non-shared memory environments
They lead to a common language syntax that works well with most compilers and interpreters
They enable a disassociation of the computer and its languages from the problem to be solve

Question 55: What are the two major categories in the C++ Standard Template Library?

Data structures that are linear and associative
Local and remote hosting of program modules
Shared and non-shared memory for storing data structures
Compiled/linked and interpreted code for runtime implementation

Question 56: Historically, what was used before automatic exceptions were added to languages?

Hardware interrupts that stopped programs
Flags that were set for programmers to check
Error messages that were sent to the console
Operating system interrupts that stopped programs

Question 57: Which of the following is a benefit of exception handling?

It is a way to check flags set by program components
It tends to reduce the complexity of error-handling code
It automatically expands lines of code to improve programmer productivity
It meets all international standards in code project administrative requirements

Question 58: A recursive Java process is known to run out of stackspace for certain user parameters. Extending stackspace has not proven to provide a useful solution for all user requirements. Which of the following code snippets prototypes a temporary fix to this issue that keeps the program from crashing, while providing useful information?

// File: Utilities.java

package com.company;

public class Utilities

{

private boolean continueTask = true;

public boolean get_continueTask() { return continueTask;}

public void CallNext()

{

Integer[] theseIntegers = new Integer[99999];

try

{

if(continueTask) CallNext(); else return;

}

catch (Exception e)

{

System.out.println(“*** Caught StackOverflowError. Point A.”);

System.out.println(” Unable to continue with this task.”);

e.printStackTrace();

continueTask = false;

return;

}

// File: Main.java

package com.company;

public class Main

{

public static void main(String[] args)

{

Utilities U = new Utilities();

U.CallNext();

if( ! U.get_continueTask())

System.out.println

(“\n… message to client … Unable to fulfill request.”);

}

// File: Utilities.java

package com.company;

public class Utilities

{

private boolean continueTask = true;

public boolean get_continueTask() { return continueTask;}

public void CallNext()

{

Integer[] theseIntegers = new Integer[99999];

continueTask = false;

CallNext();

continueTask = true;

}

// File: Main.java

package com.company;

public class Main

{

public static void main(String[] args)

{

Utilities U = new Utilities();

U.CallNext();

if( ! U.get_continueTask())

System.out.println

(“\n… message to client … Unable to fulfill request.”);

}

// File: Utilities.java

package com.company;

public class Utilities

{

public void CallNext()

{

Integer[] theseIntegers = new Integer[99999];

try

{

CallNext()

}

catch (StackOverflowError e) { }

}

// File: Main.java

package com.company;

public class Main

{

public static void main(String[] args)

{

Utilities U = new Utilities();

U.CallNext();

}

// File: Utilities.java

package com.company;

public class Utilities

{

public void CallNext()

{

Integer[] theseIntegers = new Integer[99999];

try

{

if(continueTask) CallNext(); else return;

}

catch (StackOverflowError e)

{

System.out.println(“*** Caught StackOverflowError. Point A.”);

System.out.println(” Unable to continue with this task.”);

e.printStackTrace();

continueTask = false;

return;

}

// File: Main.java

package com.company;

public class Main

{

public static void main(String[] args)

{

Utilities U = new Utilities();

U.CallNext();

if( ! U.get_continueTask())

System.out.println

(“\n… message to client … Unable to fulfill request.\n”);

}

Question 59: A server responds to a large number of client requests that arrive continuously. These requests employ extensive calculations over large blocks of data. Two Java functions have been shown to perform this function well and within reasonable amounts of time. However, one of the functions is recursive and keeps throwing StackOverflowError. This error is caught, the client is informed that the server cannot perform the required processing, and the server goes on to the next client request. What should be done about this situation?

Recursive processes are far easier to understand and maintain. The server’s memory should be increased so that additional recursive steps can be taken by all processes.
The recursive process should be replaced by the explicit process. Documentation of the algorithm and its implementation should be brought up to date so that the code can be understood and maintained.
Java has compiler options to increase stackspace. This option should be employed. If memory continues to be a problem, additional memory should be added to the server since memory is cheap.
The server’s process documentation should be updated to show the limits of data-block size. A list of other servers that perform the required processing for larger data blocks should be made available in a help file.

Question 60: What is one of the commonly-accepted goals of binary search, and how can it be expanded?

You usually search for an exact match, but it might be better to allow for some cases where a close-enough match would bring satisfactory results
You usually assume that the target value is present, but it might be better to modify the basic algorithm so that “target not present” can be recognized
You usually want to start the search at one end or the other of the dataset, but it might be better to spawn two threads, each of which starts their search from different ends to search through the middle index
You usually have SQL databases that are readily segmented and are accessible via networked computers; rather than have one distributed process search the database, it might be better to have several computers engaged in the search

Question 61: Which of the following indicates a fundamental problem with binary search, and describes something that can be done about it?

It returns any index whose element is equal to the target value, even if there are duplicate elements in the dataset; a solution is to reinitialize the search using a different “middle” index
It may return no indexes even if the target value is present; a solution is to search for pseudo-target values that are near to the target value, which ensures the target value will be found if present
It returns any index whose element is equal to the target value, even if there are duplicate elements in the dataset; a solution is to linearly search left and right of the index for all elements equal to the target value
It returns only the left-most index whose element is equal to the target value; a solution to ensure there are no elements in the dataset is to linearly search to the right of the index for all elements equal to the target value

Question 62: Within the object-oriented approach to providing solutions, what is the programmer’s real job?

To write and test classes and instances that represent the objects within the program design
To write correct, well-commented, and well-tested code that meets all specified project requirements
To establish an association between the machine model and a model of the problem that is being solved
To begin with a flowchart to show the flow of logic and then construct modules to enable that flowchart

Question 63: Some earlier programming languages choose a particular view of the world. What was wrong with these language-based approaches to problem-solving?

Earlier languages were oriented toward the bits and bytes of computers, which meant that they did not enable writing portable code
Earlier languages enabled good solutions to particular types of problems, but they became awkward to use to solve problems outside of that domain
Earlier languages, like functional and modular languages, were insufficiently general in nature and do not support modern problem-solving techniques
Earlier programs were written with limited memory as the most critical resource, which did not let them generalize the way they implemented algorithms

Question 64: What is the difference between objects’ methods and subroutines?

Objects are independent, but subroutines are dependent and part of the codebase
Subroutines can be made re-entrant, but care is needed in managing accessed memory
There can be only one copy of a subroutine, but multiple objects can be created from a single class
Threads can always call subroutines multiple times at once, but there can be only one class instance

Question 65: What are three fundamental features of generic programming?

Primary use-cases, involvement of sponsors in projects, and classes instantiated by objects
Remote procedure calls, memory that can be shared or independent, and remote memory access
Language independence, functionality independent of data type, and programmer-defined data types
Mixed-language systems, geographical independence of functionality, and inter-module communication

Question 66: Which of the following is a difference between Java and C++, in regard to how they handle objects or instances of classes?

Java does not allow direct memory access; C++ allows direct memory access.
Everything, every variable type, is an object in Java; such is not the case in C++.
Java has automatic consolidation of released memory; C++ does not automatically consolidate memory.
One can never cause memory to be orphaned in Java; it is possible to create orphaned memory in C++.

Question 67: Many industrial applications are hard-realtime (that is, they have strict timing requirements), whereas most business applications are soft-realtime (that is, they have loose timing requirements). Between C++ and Java, which language would you choose for hard-realtime industrial applications, and why?

C++, since its Standard Template Library is far superior to Java’s Collection Library
C++, since it executes directly while Java requires the use of intermediate execution software
Java, since C++ takes much longer to write and test because it enables direct memory manipulation
Java, since its internal testing and documentation capability enables assurance of timing requirements

Question 68: What does an ordered list let programmers do?

Store references to objects with a lookup key for accessing the object’s values
Insert items in a certain sequence and retrieve those items in the same sequence
Create a fixed-size vector that objects can be placed into for later indexed referencing
Create unordered collections that can be iterated and that contain each element at most once

Question 69: What happens when an exception is thrown in either Java or C++?

A flag is set when it is not possible to continue processing because the information necessary to deal with the problem in the current context is not available
Hardware interrupts are automatically thrown when it is not possible for the CPU to continue processing because the information necessary to deal with the problem is not available
Software interrupts are automatically thrown when it is not possible to continue processing because the information necessary to deal with the problem in the current context is not available
if/else statements are used to detect situations where it is not possible to continue processing because the information necessary to deal with the problem in the current context is not available

Question 70: Consider this logic flow. What is true about the reliability of the program?

Mutex is essential because of the use of shared memory by the recursive functions; otherwise, the results will be incorrect
The program will run faster because of the use of simultaneous threads, and the computer will remain as reliable as it was before
The computer will not be able to handle simultaneous threads cast in this manner, but it would work if each thread were a process on a separate computer
The program will run faster for smaller problems, but it will be unable to cope with larger problems because the stack will fill up faster as it is used by simultaneous threads

Question 71: What type of data structure are linear and binary search meant to use?

List
Tree
Graph
Network

Question 72: Which of the following correctly labels this graph to show the growth of time or memory for O(n), O(log(n)), O (1), O(n), O(log⁡(n)), O (1), and O(n−−√) O (�)?

Question 73: What is a fundamental difference between objects and modules?

Modules are always re-entrant, while objects are not
Multiple objects of the same class can be created and exist independently, while modules cannot be
Objects can be created and destroyed by threads, while modules can only be called from the main thread
Modules execute when encountered in the logic-flow of a program, while objects can be called from anywhere

Question 74: What is the relationship between object-orientation and traditional approaches to software design?

Machine-focused evolved to solution-focused and finally to object-orientation
Languages evolved from those that few could work with to languages that many could work with
Object-orientation is an evolution of modular, which is itself an evolution of functional approaches
Machine-oriented languages evolved to human-oriented languages and then to object-oriented languages

Question 75: How have type-generic programming languages improved?

It became impossible to call a class’ object method using an incorrect data type
They started to fully support functional, modular, and object-oriented approaches
It became unnecessary to write subroutines in the assembler to achieve timely execution
Their compilers and linkers have decreased the amount of memory and processing time consumed

Question 76: Classes instantiated as objects are central to object-oriented programming. Which of the following Java code snippets puts a native object into a list and uses an explicit iterator to visit each element in the list?

package com. company;

import java.util.*;

public class ListExample

{

public static void main (String args [])

{

List<String> list = new ArrayList<String> ();

Iterator it = list. iterator ();

list.add(“Dog”);

list.add(“Cat”);

list.add(“Horse”);

list.add(“Cow”);

while (it. hasNext ())

{

String obj = (String)it. next ();

System.out.println(obj);

}

package com. company;

import java.util.*;

public class ListExample

{

public static void main (String args [])

{

List<String> list = new ArrayList<String> ();

Iterator it = list. iterator ();

list.add(“Dog”);

list.add(“Cat”);

list.add(“Horse”);

list.add(“Cow”);

for (String animal: list) System.out.println(animal);

}

package com. company;

import java.util.*;

public class ListExample

{

public static void main (String args [])

{

List<String> list = new ArrayList<String> ();

Iterator it = list. iterator ();

list.add(“Dog”);

list.add(“Cat”);

list.add(“Horse”);

list.add(“Cow”);

int length = list. size ();

for (int i = 0; i < length; i++)

{

String obj = (String)list.get(i);

System.out.println(obj);

}

package com. company;

import java.util.*;

public class ListExample

{

public static void main (String args [])

{

List<String> list = new ArrayList<String> ();

Iterator it = list. iterator ();

list.add(“Dog”);

list.add(“Cat”);

list.add(“Horse”);

list.add(“Cow”);

int length = list. size ();

for (int i = length – 1; i >= 0; i–)

{

String obj = (String)list.get(i);

System.out.println(obj);

}

Question 77: Which of the following uses the C++ “set” object from the Standard Template Library to ensure only one record pointer can be stored at a time, but also shows how duplicate record pointers can be identified?

#include <iostream>

#include <set>

using namespace std;

typedef struct {string key; string elements [10];} Record, * pRecord;

pRecord thisRecord;

set<pRecord> Database;

pair<set<pRecord>: iterator, bool> checkForDuplicateRecord;

int main ()

{

thisRecord = new Record;

thisRecord->key = “One Key to Career Development:”;

thisRecord->elements [0] = “Study”;

thisRecord->elements [1] = “Learn”;

thisRecord->elements [2] = “Work”;

thisRecord->elements [3] = “Produce”;

thisRecord->elements [4] = “Cycle Repeatedly”;

Database.insert(thisRecord);

for (auto key_value: Database)

{

cout << key_value->key << endl;

for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) cout << key_value->elements[i] << endl;

}

checkForDuplicateRecord = Database.insert(thisRecord);

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

#include <set>

using namespace std;

typedef struct {string key; string elements [10];} Record, * pRecord;

pRecord thisRecord;

set<pRecord> Database;

pair<set<pRecord>: iterator, bool> checkForDuplicateRecord;

int main ()

{

thisRecord = new Record;

thisRecord->key = “One Key to Career Development:”;

thisRecord->elements [0] = “Study”;

thisRecord->elements [1] = “Learn”;

thisRecord->elements [2] = “Work”;

thisRecord->elements [3] = “Produce”;

thisRecord->elements [4] = “Cycle Repeatedly”;

Database.insert(thisRecord);

for (auto key_value: Database)

{

cout << key_value->key << endl;

for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) cout << key_value->elements[i] << endl;

}

checkForDuplicateRecord = Database.insert(thisRecord);

if (checkForDuplicateRecord.second)

cout << endl << “Duplicate record not inserted” << endl;

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

#include <set>

using namespace std;

typedef struct {string key; string elements [10];} Record, * pRecord;

pRecord thisRecord;

set<pRecord> Database;

pair<set<pRecord>: iterator, bool> checkForDuplicateRecord;

int main ()

{

thisRecord = new Record;

thisRecord->key = “One Key to Career Development:”;

thisRecord->elements [0] = “Study”;

thisRecord->elements [1] = “Learn”;

thisRecord->elements [2] = “Work”;

thisRecord->elements [3] = “Produce”;

thisRecord->elements [4] = “Cycle Repeatedly”;

Database.insert(thisRecord);

for (auto key_value: Database)

{

cout << key_value->key << endl;

for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) cout << key_value->elements[i] << endl;

}

checkForDuplicateRecord = Database.insert(thisRecord);

if (checkForDuplicateRecord.second == false)

cout << endl << “Duplicate record not inserted” << endl;

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

#include <list>

using namespace std;

typedef struct {string key; string elements [10];} Record, * pRecord;

pRecord thisRecord;

list<pRecord> Database;

bool checkForDuplicateRecord;

int main ()

{

thisRecord = new Record;

thisRecord->key = “One Key to Career Development:”;

thisRecord->elements [0] = “Study”;

thisRecord->elements [1] = “Learn”;

thisRecord->elements [2] = “Work”;

thisRecord->elements [3] = “Produce”;

thisRecord->elements [4] = “Cycle Repeatedly”;

Database.push_back(thisRecord);

for (auto key_value: Database)

{

cout << key_value->key << endl;

for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) cout << key_value->elements[i] << endl;

}

checkForDuplicateRecord = Database.push_back(thisRecord);

if (checkForDuplicateRecord == false)

cout << endl << “Duplicate record not inserted” << endl;

return 0;

}

Question 78: Which of the following code snippets uses the C++ Standard Template Library to demonstrate basic keyboard input and basic console output?

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

int main ()

{

int i;

{

cout << “Please enter an integer value (0 means quit): “;

cin << i;

if (i! = 0)

{

cout << “The value you entered is ” << i;

cout << ” and its double is ” << i * 2 << “.\n”;

}

} while (i! = 0);

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

int main ()

{

int i;

{

cout << “Please enter an integer value (0 means quit): “;

scanf (“%d”, &i);

if (i! = 0)

{

cout << “The value you entered is ” << i;

cout << ” and its double is ” << i * 2 << “.\n”;

}

} while (i! = 0);

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

int main ()

{

int i;

{

cout << “Please enter an integer value (0 means quit): “;

cin >> i;

if (i! = 0)

{

printf (“The value you entered is %d”, i;

printf (” and its double is %d.\n “, i * 2)”;

}

} while (i! = 0);

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

int main ()

{

int i;

{

cout << “Please enter an integer value (0 means quit): “;

cin >> i;

if (i! = 0)

{

cout << “The value you entered is ” << i;

cout << ” and its double is ” << i * 2 << “.\n”;

}

} while (i! = 0);

return 0;

}

Question 79: Which of the following code snippets demonstrates how a Java List can be used as if it were a Java Set?

package com. company;

import java.util.*;

class AnObject

{

public String objectName = “NotSpecified”;

public AnObject (String specification) {objectName = specification;}

public void GiveSpecification ()

{System.out.println(“Object’s Name is ” + objectName);}

}

public class Main

{

private static void AddObject (List<AnObject> objectList, AnObject thisObject)

{

if (objectList.contains(thisObject)! = true)

{

objectList.add(thisObject);

System.out.println(thisObject.objectName + ” added”);

}

else System.out.println(thisObject.objectName + ” not added”);

}

public static void main (String [] args)

{

List<AnObject> Objects = new LinkedList<AnObject> ();

AnObject thisObject = new AnObject (“First Object”);

Objects.add(thisObject);

System.out.println(Objects.size());

System.out.println(Objects.get (0). objectName);

}

package com. company;

import java.util.*;

class AnObject

{

public String objectName = “NotSpecified”;

public AnObject (String specification) {objectName = specification;}

public void GiveSpecification ()

{System.out.println(“Object’s Name is ” + objectName);}

}

public class Main

{

private static void AddObject (List<AnObject> objectList, AnObject thisObject)

{

objectList.add(thisObject);

}

public static void main (String [] args)

{

List<AnObject> Objects = new LinkedList<AnObject> ();

AnObject thisObject = new AnObject (“First Object”);

AddObject (Objects, thisObject);

System.out.println(Objects.size());

System.out.println(Objects.get (0). objectName);

}

package com. company;

import java.util.*;

class AnObject

{

public String objectName = “NotSpecified”;

public AnObject (String specification) {objectName = specification;}

public void GiveSpecification ()

{System.out.println(“Object’s Name is ” + objectName);}

}

public class Main

{

private static void AddObject (List<AnObject> objectList, AnObject thisObject)

{

if (objectList.contains(thisObject) == true)

{

objectList.add(thisObject);

System.out.println(thisObject.objectName + ” added”);

}

else System.out.println(thisObject.objectName + ” not added”);

}

public static void main (String [] args)

{

List<AnObject> Objects = new LinkedList<AnObject> ();

AnObject thisObject = new AnObject (“First Object”);

AddObject (Objects, thisObject);

System.out.println(Objects.size());

System.out.println(Objects.get (0). objectName);

}

package com. company;

import java.util.*;

class AnObject

{

public String objectName = “NotSpecified”;

public AnObject (String specification) {objectName = specification;}

public void GiveSpecification ()

{System.out.println(“Object’s Name is ” + objectName);}

}

public class Main

{

private static void AddObject (List<AnObject> objectList, AnObject thisObject)

{

if (objectList.contains(thisObject)! = true)

{

objectList.add(thisObject);

System.out.println(thisObject.objectName + ” added”);

}

else System.out.println(thisObject.objectName + ” not added”);

}

public static void main (String [] args)

{

List<AnObject> Objects = new LinkedList<AnObject> ();

AnObject thisObject = new AnObject (“First Object”);

AddObject (Objects, thisObject);

System.out.println(Objects.size());

System.out.println(Objects.get (0). objectName);

}

Question 80: Which of the following code snippets demonstrates how Java threads are allowed to run while other things are going on?

package com. company;

class SampleThread extends Thread

{

private volatile String threadName;

SampleThread (String name)

{

threadName = name;

System.out.println(“Creating ” + threadName);

}

public void run ()

{

System.out.println(“Running ” + threadName);

for (int i = 4; i > 0; i–)

{

System.out.println(“Thread: ” + threadName + “, ” + i);

try {Thread.sleep(5);}

catch (InterruptedException e) {e. printStackTrace ();}

}

System.out.println(“Thread ” + threadName + ” exiting.”);

threadName = threadName + ” | Finished”;

}

public String getReturnValue () {return threadName;}

}

public class Main

{

public static void main (String args []) throws InterruptedException

{

SampleThread R1 = new SampleThread(“Thread-1″);

R1. start ();

while (R1. isAlive ()) {System.out.println(“Thread is alive”);};

System.out.println(“Have departed thread: ” + R1. getReturnValue ());

}

package com. company;

class SampleThread extends Thread

{

private volatile String threadName;

SampleThread (String name)

{

threadName = name;

System.out.println(“Creating ” + threadName);

}

public void run ()

{

System.out.println(“Running ” + threadName);

for (int i = 4; i > 0; i–)

{

System.out.println(“Thread: ” + threadName + “, ” + i);

try {Thread.sleep(5);}

catch (InterruptedException e) {e. printStackTrace ();}

}

System.out.println(“Thread ” + threadName + ” exiting.”);

threadName = threadName + ” | Finished”;

}

public void start () {System.out.println(“Starting ” + threadName);}

public String getReturnValue () {return threadName;}

}

public class Main

{

public static void main (String args []) throws InterruptedException

{

SampleThread R1 = new SampleThread(“Thread-1″);

R1. start ();

while (R1. isAlive ()) {System.out.println(“Thread is alive”);};

System.out.println(“Have departed thread: ” + R1. getReturnValue ());

}

package com. company;

class SampleThread extends Thread

{

private volatile String threadName;

SampleThread (String name)

{

threadName = name;

System.out.println(“Creating ” + threadName);

}

public void run ()

{

System.out.println(“Running ” + threadName);

for (int i = 4; i > 0; i–)

{

System.out.println(“Thread: ” + threadName + “, ” + i);

try {Thread.sleep(5);}

catch (InterruptedException e) {e. printStackTrace ();}

}

System.out.println(“Thread ” + threadName + ” exiting.”);

threadName = threadName + ” | Finished”;

}

public String getReturnValue () {return threadName;}

}

public class Main

{

public static void main (String args []) throws InterruptedException

{

SampleThread R1 = new SampleThread(“Thread-1″);

R1.run ();

while (R1. isAlive ()) {System.out.println(“Thread is alive”);};

System.out.println(“Have departed thread: ” + R1. getReturnValue ());

}

package com. company;

class SampleThread extends Thread

{

private volatile String threadName;

SampleThread (String name)

{

threadName = name;

System.out.println(“Creating ” + threadName);

}

public void run ()

{

System.out.println(“Running ” + threadName);

for (int i = 4; i > 0; i–)

{

System.out.println(“Thread: ” + threadName + “, ” + i);

try {Thread.sleep(5);}

catch (InterruptedException e) {e. printStackTrace ();}

}

System.out.println(“Thread ” + threadName + ” exiting.”);

threadName = threadName + ” | Finished”;

}

//public void start () {System.out.println(“Starting ” + threadName);}

public String getReturnValue () {return threadName;}

}

public class Main

{

public static void main (String args []) throws InterruptedException

{

SampleThread R1 = new SampleThread(“Thread-1″);

R1. start ();

R1. join ();

System.out.println(“Have departed thread: ” + R1. getReturnValue ());

}

Question 81: Java can create various connection architectures between processes across geographically-disconnected machines. Which of the following code snippets uses Java’s Collections Library to demonstrate a rudimentary SERVER within a client/server architecture?

public class Server

{

public static void main (String [] args) throws IOException

{

boolean Continue = true;

Integer port = 5000;

ServerSocket serverSocket = new ServerSocket(port);

serverSocket.setSoTimeout(10000);

while (Continue)

{

try

{

System.out.println(“Waiting for client on port ” +

serverSocket.getLocalPort());

Socket server = serverSocket.accept();

System.out.println(“Connected to client at address ” +

server. getRemoteSocketAddress ());

DataInputStream in = new DataInputStream (server. getInputStream ());

System.out.println(in. readUTF ());

DataOutputStream out = new DataOutputStream (server. getOutputStream ());

out. writeUTF (“Thank you for connecting to ” +

server. getLocalSocketAddress () + “\nGoodbye!”);

server. close ();

Continue = false;

}

catch (SocketTimeoutException s) {System.out.println(“Socket timeout”);}

catch (IOException e) {e. printStackTrace ();}

}

import java.net. *;

import java.io. *;

public class Server

{

public static void main (String [] args) throws IOException

{

boolean Continue = true;

Integer port = 5000;

ServerSocket serverSocket = new ServerSocket(port);

serverSocket.setSoTimeout(10000);

while (Continue)

{

System.out.println(“Waiting for client on port ” +

serverSocket.getLocalPort());

Socket server = serverSocket.accept();

System.out.println(“Connected to client at address ” +

server. getRemoteSocketAddress ());

DataInputStream in = new DataInputStream (server. getInputStream ());

System.out.println(in. readUTF ());

DataOutputStream out = new DataOutputStream (server. getOutputStream ());

out. writeUTF (“Thank you for connecting to ” +

server. getLocalSocketAddress () + “\nGoodbye!”);

server. close ();

Continue = false;

}

import java.net. *;

import java.io. *;

public class Server

{

public static void main (String [] args) throws IOException

{

boolean Continue = true;

Integer port = 5000;

ServerSocket serverSocket = new ServerSocket(port);

serverSocket.setSoTimeout(10000);

while (Continue)

{

try

{

System.out.println(“Waiting for client on port ” +

serverSocket.getLocalPort());

Socket server = serverSocket.accept();

System.out.println(“Connected to client at address ” +

server. getRemoteSocketAddress ());

DataInputStream in = new DataInputStream (server. getInputStream ());

System.out.println(in. readUTF ());

DataOutputStream out = new DataOutputStream (server. getOutputStream ());

out. writeUTF (“Thank you for connecting to ” +

server. getLocalSocketAddress () + “\nGoodbye!”);

server. close ();

Continue = false;

}

catch (SocketTimeoutException s) {System.out.println(“Socket timeout”);}

catch (IOException e) {e. printStackTrace ();}

}

import java.net. *;

import java.io. *;

public class Server

{

public static void main (String [] args) throws IOException

{

boolean Continue = true;

Integer port = -1;

ServerSocket serverSocket = new ServerSocket(port);

serverSocket.setSoTimeout(10000);

while (Continue)

{

try

{

System.out.println(“Waiting for client on port ” +

serverSocket.getLocalPort());

Socket server = serverSocket.accept();

System.out.println(“Connected to client at address ” +

server. getRemoteSocketAddress ());

DataInputStream in = new DataInputStream (server. getInputStream ());

System.out.println(in. readUTF ());

DataOutputStream out = new DataOutputStream (server. getOutputStream ());

out. writeUTF (“Thank you for connecting to ” +

server. getLocalSocketAddress () + “\nGoodbye!”);

server. close ();

Continue = false;

}

catch (SocketTimeoutException s) {System.out.println(“Socket timeout”);}

catch (IOException e) {e. printStackTrace ();}

}

Question 82: What is an important difference between Java and C++ regarding exception handling?

Java’s exception handling includes standard exceptions, while C++ does not
Java enforces handling exceptions thrown by its components, while C++ does not
Java’s exception handling allows for programmer expressiveness, while C++ does not
Java is has a comparatively limited way of handling exceptions, while C++ is more robust

Question 83: Which of the following is an important difference between the way “exceptions” were handled historically as compared to how they are handled today?

Historically they were passive; now they are active, and must be handled in both C++ and Java
Historically they had weak conditionals; now, expanded conditionals exist in both C++ and Java
Historically they were passive; now they are active, and automatically handled at some level in both C++ and Java
Historically they caused code bloat; now, this is still true, and both C++ and Java require writing a tremendous volume of code

Question 84: Which of the following is an exception that exists in Java, but not C++?

Divide by zero
Out of memory
Custom exceptions
Square-root of negative number

Question 85: When a divide-by-zero error happens, Java generates an exception. However, C++ does not. This is because C++ produces directly-executable machine-code, whereas Java interprets bytecode for execution by the JVM. If you wanted to use exceptions in C++ to catch errors that C++ does not generate exceptions for, which of the following would do that?

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

int main ()

{

try

{

int i = 5;

if (i == 5) throw “Division by zero.”;

int j = i / (i – 5);

}

catch (char* E)

{

cout << “*** Main: Exception. Point A. Type: ” << E << endl;

cout << “Program Abended” << endl;

return -1;

}

cout << “Program Ended Normally”;

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

int main ()

{

try

{

int i = 5;

if (i == 5) throw “Division by zero.”;

int j = i / (i – 5);

}

catch (const char* E)

{

cout << “*** Main: Exception. Point A. Type: ” << E << endl;

cout << “Program Abended” << endl;

return -1;

}

cout << “Program Ended Normally”;

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

int main ()

{

int i = 5;

int j = i / (i – 5);

cout << “Program Ended Normally”;

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

int main ()

{

try

{

int i = 5;

int j = i / (i – 5);

}

catch (Exception &E)

{

cout << “*** Main: Exception. Point A. Type: ” << E. what () << endl;

cout << “Program Abended” << endl;

return -1;

}

cout << “Program Ended Normally”;

return 0;

}

Question 86: The standard exceptions generated by C++ sometimes require more processing than would be appropriate for a simple catch statement. Which of the following is a rudimentary way of blending this kind of processing with a try/catch paradigm?

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

class Polymorphic {public: void Member () {cout << “my member” << endl;}};

class NullPolymorphic: public exception

{

private: string feedback;

public: Polymorphic *newPolymorphic;

public:

NullPolymorphic (string feedback, Polymorphic *thisPolymorphic)

{

// some processing on constructor input values

thisPolymorphic = new Polymorphic (); // result of that processing

this->newPolymorphic = thisPolymorphic;

this->feedback = feedback;

}

const char* what () const throw () {return feedback.c_str ();}

};

int main ()

{

Polymorphic* pb = NULL;

try

{

pb = NULL;

if (pb == NULL)

throw NullPolymorphic

(“Exception: pb = NULL at Point A. New Polymorphic created.”, pb);

else pb->Member ();

}

catch (const NullPolymorphic &e)

{

cout << “An exception occurred: ” << endl << e. what () << ‘\n’;

cout << “*** Location: Module Main: Catch Statement: 001” << endl;

pb = e. newPolymorphic;

cout << “New pb value = ” << pb << endl;

}

cout << “Processing continues” << endl;

cout << “Program Ended Normally” << endl;

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

#include <exception>

using namespace std;

class Polymorphic {public: void Member () {cout << “my member” << endl;}};

class NullPolymorphic: public exception

{

private: string feedback;

public: Polymorphic *newPolymorphic;

public:

NullPolymorphic (string feedback, Polymorphic *thisPolymorphic)

{

// some processing on constructor input values

thisPolymorphic = new Polymorphic (); // result of that processing

this->newPolymorphic = thisPolymorphic;

this->feedback = feedback;

}

const char* what () const throw () {return feedback.c_str ();}

};

int main ()

{

Polymorphic* pb = NULL;

try

{

pb = NULL;

if (pb == NULL)

throw NullPolymorphic

(“Exception: pb = NULL at Point A. New Polymorphic created.”, pb);

else pb->Member ();

}

catch (NullPointerException &e)

{

cout << “An exception occurred: ” << endl << e. what () << ‘\n’;

cout << “*** Location: Module Main: Catch Statement: 001” << endl;

pb = e. newPolymorphic;

cout << “New pb value = ” << pb << endl;

}

cout << “Processing continues” << endl;

cout << “Program Ended Normally” << endl;

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

#include <exception>

using namespace std;

class Polymorphic {public: void Member () {cout << “my member” << endl;}};

class NullPolymorphic: public exception

{

private: string feedback;

public: Polymorphic *newPolymorphic;

public:

NullPolymorphic (string feedback, Polymorphic *thisPolymorphic)

{

// some processing on constructor input values

thisPolymorphic = new Polymorphic (); // result of that processing

this->newPolymorphic = thisPolymorphic;

this->feedback = feedback;

}

const char* what () const throw () {return feedback.c_str ();}

};

int main ()

{

Polymorphic* pb = NULL;

try

{

pb = NULL;

if (pb == NULL)

throw NullPolymorphic

(“Exception: pb = NULL at Point A. New Polymorphic created.”, pb);

else pb->Member ();

}

catch (const NullPolymorphic &e)

{

cout << “An exception occurred: ” << endl << e. what () << ‘\n’;

cout << “*** Location: Module Main: Catch Statement: 001” << endl;

pb = e. newPolymorphic;

cout << “New pb value = ” << pb << endl;

}

cout << “Processing continues” << endl;

cout << “Program Ended Normally” << endl;

return 0;

}

#include <iostream>

#include <exception>

using namespace std;

class Polymorphic {public: void Member () {cout << “my member” << endl;}};

class NullPolymorphic: public exception

{

private: string feedback;

public: Polymorphic *newPolymorphic;

public:

NullPolymorphic (string feedback, Polymorphic *thisPolymorphic)

{

// some processing on constructor input values

thisPolymorphic = new Polymorphic (); // result of that processing

this->newPolymorphic = thisPolymorphic;

this->feedback = feedback;

}

const char* what () const throw () {return feedback.c_str ();}

};

int main ()

{

Polymorphic* pb = NULL;

try

{

pb = NULL;

if (pb == NULL)

throw NullPolymorphic

(“Exception: pb = NULL at Point A. New Polymorphic created.”, pb);

else pb->Member ();

}

catch (const NullPolymorphic &e)

{

cout << “An exception occurred: ” << endl << e. what () << ‘\n’;

cout << “*** Location: Module Main: Catch Statement: 001” << endl;

pb = e. newPolymorphic;

cout << “New pb value = ” << pb << endl;

}

cout << “Processing continues” << endl;

cout << “Program Ended Normally” << endl;

return 0;

}

Question 87: Numerous clients connect to a server written in Java. The server allocates memory as needed to store client messages and data for processing. The same server code runs on several different machines. As the server runs, it uses memory but it is unknown how much memory each machine has. Which of the following code snippets uses exceptions to demonstrate how you could deal with this situation while continuing to run the server as new clients arrive?

package com. company;

import java.util.*;

public class Main

{

public static void main (String [] args)

{

Map<Integer, String> clientData = new HashMap<Integer, String> ();

long messageSize = 999999;

long requiredMemory = 2 * messageSize;

String data = “”;

String messageData;

for (long i = 0; i < messageSize; i++) data = data + ” “;

System.out.println(data. length ());

Integer messageID = 0;

while(true)

{

try

{

messageData = new String ();

messageData = data; // receiving client data

clientData.put (messageID++, messageData);

// retrieving and processing stored client data

// removing client data when response generated

}

catch (java. lang. OutOfMemoryException e)

{

System.out.println(e. getMessage ());

System.out.println(“MessageID: ” + messageID.toString());

// retrieving and processing stored client data

// removing client data when response generated

for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)

{

messageData = clientData.get (–messageID);

// process message data

clientData.remove(messageID, messageData);

}

package com. company;

import java.util.*;

public class Main

{

public static void main (String [] args)

{

Map<Integer, String> clientData = new HashMap<Integer, String> ();

long messageSize = 999999;

long requiredMemory = 2 * messageSize;

String data = “”;

String messageData;

for (long i = 0; i < messageSize; i++) data = data + ” “;

System.out.println(data. length ());

Boolean Continue = true;

Integer messageID = 0;

while(true)

{

try

{

if (Runtime.getRuntime(). freeMemory () <= requiredMemory)

throw new OutOfMemoryException

(“Insufficient memory for new client data.”);

messageData = new String ();

messageData = data; // receiving client data

clientData.put (messageID++, messageData);

// retrieving and processing stored client data

// removing client data when response generated

}

catch (Exception e)

{

System.out.println(e. getMessage ());

System.out.println(“MessageID: ” + messageID.toString());

// retrieving and processing stored client data

// removing client data when response generated

for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)

{

messageData = clientData.get (–messageID);

// process message data

clientData.remove(messageID, messageData);

}

package com. company;

import java.util.*;

class OutOfMemoryException extends Exception

{

public OutOfMemoryException (String message)

{

super (“Custom Exception: ” + message);

}

public class Main

{

public static void main (String [] args)

{

Map<Integer, String> clientData = new HashMap<Integer, String> ();

long messageSize = 999999;

long requiredMemory = 2 * messageSize;

String data = “”;

String messageData;

for (long i = 0; i < messageSize; i++) data = data + ” “;

System.out.println(data. length ());

Boolean Continue = true;

Integer messageID = 0;

while(true)

{

try

{

if (Runtime.getRuntime(). freeMemory () <= requiredMemory)

throw new OutOfMemoryException

(“Insufficient memory for new client data.”);

messageData = new String ();

messageData = data; // receiving client data

clientData.put (messageID++, messageData);

// retrieving and processing stored client data

// removing client data when response generated

}

catch (OutOfMemoryException e)

{

System.out.println(e. getMessage ());

System.out.println(“MessageID: ” + messageID.toString());

// retrieving and processing stored client data

// removing client data when response generated

for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)

{

messageData = clientData.get (–messageID);

// process message data

clientData.remove(messageID, messageData);

}

package com. company;

import java.util.*;

public class Main

{

public static void main (String [] args)

{

Map<Integer, String> clientData = new HashMap<Integer, String> ();

long messageSize = 999999;

long requiredMemory = 2 * messageSize;

String data = “”;

String messageData;

for (long i = 0; i < messageSize; i++) data = data + ” “;

System.out.println(data. length ());

Boolean Continue = true;

Integer messageID = 0;

while(true)

{

try

{

if (Runtime.getRuntime(). freeMemory () <= requiredMemory)

throw new OutOfMemoryException

(“Insufficient memory for new client data.”);

messageData = new String ();

messageData = data; // receiving client data

clientData.put (messageID++, messageData);

// retrieving and processing stored client data

// removing client data when response generated

}

catch (Error e)

{

System.out.println(e. getMessage ());

System.out.println(“MessageID: ” + messageID.toString());

// retrieving and processing stored client data

// removing client data when response generated

for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)

{

messageData = clientData.get (–messageID);

// process message data

clientData.remove(messageID, messageData);

}

Question 88: During various calculations in a Java program, invalid results are being generated. You suspect that one reason might be an equation that could potentially take the square root of a negative number. How might you use exceptions to catch this kind of problem?

package com. company;

public class Main

{

public static void main (String [] args)

{

try

{

Double result = java. lang. StrictMath.sqrt(-1);

System.out.println(result);

}

catch (ArithmeticException e)

{

System.out.println(e. getMessage ());

e. printStackTrace ();

System.out.println(“Program Abended”);

System.exit(-1);

}

System.out.println(“Program Ended Normally”);

}

package com. company;

public class Main

{

public static void main (String [] args)

{

Double result = java. lang. StrictMath.sqrt(-1);

System.out.println(result);

System.out.println(“Program Ended Normally”);

}

package com. company;

public class Main

{

public static void main (String [] args)

{

try

{

Double result = sqrt (-1);

System.out.println(result);

}

catch (ArithmeticException e)

{

System.out.println(e. getMessage ());

e. printStackTrace ();

System.out.println(“Program Abended”);

System.exit(-1);

}

System.out.println(“Program Ended Normally”);

}

package com. company;

public class Main

{

public static void main (String [] args)

{

try

{

Double result = java. lang. StrictMath.sqrt(-1);

System.out.println(result);

if (result. isNaN ()) throw

new ArithmeticException (“Cannot take square root of negative number”);

}

catch (ArithmeticException e)

{

System.out.println(e. getMessage ());

e. printStackTrace ();

System.out.println(“Program Abended”);

System.exit(-1);

}

System.out.println(“Program Ended Normally”);

}

Question 89: The number of nodes in a binary tree is equal to 2h+1−1, where h is the height of the tree. How would you write that as a recursive formula?

Let h+1=n.(2(2n−1)) −1
Let h+1=n.(2(2n)) −1,20=1
Let h+1=n.(2(2n−1)) −1,20=1
Let h+1=n.(2(2n+1)) −1,20=1

Question 90: Viruses spread according to the equation It=∑tj=0Nj, where I am the maximum number of people infected at time t, and N is the maximum number of people infected by each carrier. Such is the reasoning behind social distancing. Write Java and C++ programs that implement this model recursively. Test for t=3 and N=3. As time advances, report the number of people infected.

package com. company;

import java. lang. Math;

public class Main

{

public static Double clock (Double infectedPerPerson, Double clockTime)

{

Double peopleInfected;

if (clockTime == 0)

{

peopleInfected = 1.0;

System.out.println(“Time = ” + clockTime.toString() +

” | Number of people infected = ” +

peopleInfected.toString());

}

else

{

peopleInfected = clock (infectedPerPerson, clockTime – 1.0) +

Math.pow (infectedPerPerson, clockTime);

System.out.println(“Time = ” + clockTime.toString() +

” | Number of people infected = ” +

peopleInfected.toString());

}

public static void main (String [] args)

{

Double infectedPerPerson = 3.0;

Double totalTime = 3.0;

Double totalInfected = clock (infectedPerPerson, totalTime);

}

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

double clock (double infectedPerPerson, double clockTime)

{

double peopleInfected;

if (clockTime == 0)

{

peopleInfected = 1.0;

cout << “Time = ” << clockTime <<

” | Number of people infected = ” <<

peopleInfected << endl;

}

else

{

peopleInfected = clock (infectedPerPerson, clockTime – 1) +

pow (infectedPerPerson, clockTime);

cout << “Time = ” << clockTime <<

” | Number of people infected = ” <<

peopleInfected << endl;

}

int main ()

{

double infectedPerPerson = 3.0;

double totalTime = 3.0;

double totalInfected = clock (infectedPerPerson, totalTime);

return 0;

}

package com. company;

public class Main

{

public static Double clock (Double infectedPerPerson, Double clockTime)

{

Double peopleInfected;

if (clockTime == 0)

{

peopleInfected = 1.0;

System.out.println(“Time = ” + clockTime.toString() +

” | Number of people infected = ” +

peopleInfected.toString());

}

else

{

peopleInfected = clock (infectedPerPerson, clockTime – 1.0) +

Math.pow (infectedPerPerson, clockTime);

System.out.println(“Time = ” + clockTime.toString() +

” | Number of people infected = ” +

peopleInfected.toString());

}

return peopleInfected;

}

public static void main (String [] args)

{

Double infectedPerPerson = 3.0;

Double totalTime = 3.0;

Double totalInfected = clock (infectedPerPerson, totalTime);

}

#include <iostream>

double clock (double infectedPerPerson, double clockTime)

{

double peopleInfected;

if (clockTime == 0)

{

peopleInfected = 1.0;

cout << “Time = ” << clockTime <<

” | Number of people infected = ” <<

peopleInfected << endl;

}

else

{

peopleInfected = clock (infectedPerPerson, clockTime – 1) +

pow (infectedPerPerson, clockTime);

cout << “Time = ” << clockTime <<

” | Number of people infected = ” <<

peopleInfected << endl;

}

return peopleInfected;

}

int main ()

{

double infectedPerPerson = 3.0;

double totalTime = 3.0;

double totalInfected = clock (infectedPerPerson, totalTime);

return 0;

}

package com. company;

import java. lang. Math;

public class Main

{

public static Double clock (Double infectedPerPerson, Double clockTime)

{

Double peopleInfected;

if (clockTime == 0)

{

System.out.println(“Time = ” + clockTime.toString() +

” | Number of people infected = ” +

peopleInfected.toString());

peopleInfected = 1.0;

}

else

{

System.out.println(“Time = ” + clockTime.toString() +

” | Number of people infected = ” +

peopleInfected.toString());

peopleInfected = clock (infectedPerPerson, clockTime – 1.0) +

Math.pow (infectedPerPerson, clockTime);

}

return peopleInfected;

}

public static void main (String [] args)

{

Double infectedPerPerson = 3.0;

Double totalTime = 3.0;

Double totalInfected = clock (infectedPerPerson, totalTime);

}

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

double clock (double infectedPerPerson, double clockTime)

{

double peopleInfected;

if (clockTime == 0)

{

cout << “Time = ” << clockTime <<

” | Number of people infected = ” <<

peopleInfected << endl;

peopleInfected = 1.0;

}

else

{

cout << “Time = ” << clockTime <<

” | Number of people infected = ” <<

peopleInfected << endl;

peopleInfected = clock (infectedPerPerson, clockTime – 1) +

pow (infectedPerPerson, clockTime);

}

return peopleInfected;

}

int main ()

{

double infectedPerPerson = 3.0;

double totalTime = 3.0;

double totalInfected = clock (infectedPerPerson, totalTime);

return 0;

}

package com. company;

import java. lang. Math;

public class Main

{

public static Double clock (Double infectedPerPerson, Double clockTime)

{

Double peopleInfected;

if (clockTime == 0)

{

peopleInfected = 1.0;

System.out.println(“Time = ” + clockTime.toString() +

” | Number of people infected = ” +

peopleInfected.toString());

}

else

{

peopleInfected = clock (infectedPerPerson, clockTime – 1.0) +

Math.pow (infectedPerPerson, clockTime);

System.out.println(“Time = ” + clockTime.toString() +

” | Number of people infected = ” +

peopleInfected.toString());

}

return peopleInfected;

}

public static void main (String [] args)

{

Double infectedPerPerson = 3.0;

Double totalTime = 3.0;

Double totalInfected = clock (infectedPerPerson, totalTime);

}

#include <iostream>

using namespace std;

double clock (double infectedPerPerson, double clockTime)

{

double peopleInfected;

if (clockTime == 0)

{

peopleInfected = 1.0;

cout << “Time = ” << clockTime <<

” | Number of people infected = ” <<

peopleInfected << endl;

}

else

{

peopleInfected = clock (infectedPerPerson, clockTime – 1) +

pow (infectedPerPerson, clockTime);

cout << “Time = ” << clockTime <<

” | Number of people infected = ” <<

peopleInfected << endl;

}

return peopleInfected;

}

int main ()

{

double infectedPerPerson = 3.0;

double totalTime = 3.0;

double totalInfected = clock (infectedPerPerson, totalTime);

return 0;

}

Question 91: Merge-Sort can be implemented as a recursive process that follows this general algorithm:

MergeSort (arr [], l, r)

If r > l

1. Find the middle point to divide the array into two halves:

middle m = (l+r)/2

2. Call mergeSort for first half:

Call mergeSort (arr, l, m)

3. Call mergeSort for second half:

Call mergeSort (arr, m+1, r)

4. Merge the two halves sorted in step 2 and 3:

Call merge (arr, l, m, r)

The activity of the algorithm can be depicted as a tree of operations that takes place in steps. Consider the set of unsorted data {38, 27, 43, 3, 9, 82, 10}. Which of the following labels this tree to show the sequence of operations as the data is sorted, and puts sequence numbers between data-splits as shown?

Binary Search is known to have time complexity O(Clog10(n)). After implementation and testing, It was found that a variable was constantly redefined within a loop. Moving the definition outside the loop made the code run faster. How would the time complexity of the algorithm and its implementation be restated? C, X, and E refer to numeric constants whose values are greater than 0. n refers to the size of the data block. The value of X is less than C.

O(C×n−−√)

O(E×ln(n))

O(C×log2(n))

O((C−X) log10(n))

Question 92: What are the two basic means of organizing data for tree search?

Rectangular array and triangular array
Depth-first and breadth-first in an n-ary tree
List and queue with highest and lowest at opposite ends
Circular nodes with the largest and smallest values adjacent and sequential values linked one by one

Question 93: What is the C++ Standard Template Library composed of?

Interfaces to public libraries of data structures and functions
A collection of common functions that spawn threads as needed
Insertable code modules that lend themselves easily to copy-and-paste
Data structures and associated functionality that are a formal part of the language.

Question 94: A server that has to respond to a large number of client requests has to, as part of its activities, access a function with this timing table that compares the recursive version of the function to the explicit version. What conclusions might be drawn from this situation?

The explicit and recursive versions provide comparable throughput; they use essentially the same code and so should be retained within the system
Computers and their maintenance are so cheap in this modern era that a computer with appropriate memory and high-speed cpu should be purchased to replace the existing server hardware
The explicit version provides far-better throughput, especially as data sizes grow, and since it is expensive to maintain two blocks of code that do the same thing, the recursive version should be discarded
A study should be made of the memory utilization of the two routines before a decision is made on which one to use; typically, recursive implementations employ far less memory than explicit implementations

Introduction to Computer Science II

Computer Science II typically builds on the foundational concepts introduced in Computer Science I. It delves deeper into data structures, algorithms, and problem-solving techniques. Here’s a brief overview of what you might encounter in Computer Science II:

Data Structures: You’ll study more advanced data structures such as trees, graphs, heaps, and hash tables. Understanding how these structures work and when to use them is crucial for efficient programming.
Algorithms: You’ll explore various algorithms for searching, sorting, and manipulating data stored in different structures. This includes understanding their efficiency (Big O notation) and when to apply them based on the problem constraints.
Object-Oriented Programming (OOP): Building on basic OOP principles, you’ll learn more advanced concepts such as inheritance, polymorphism, and encapsulation. These are essential for designing and implementing large-scale software systems.
Recursion and Dynamic Programming: These techniques are essential for solving complex problems efficiently. You’ll learn how to break down problems into smaller subproblems and apply recursive or dynamic programming approaches to solve them.
Software Engineering Principles: You’ll start to focus on designing and managing larger software projects. This involves topics such as software design patterns, code refactoring, testing strategies, and version control systems.
Advanced Topics: Depending on the curriculum, you may also cover topics like concurrency and multithreading, computational complexity, database systems, or artificial intelligence.
Practical Programming: Throughout the course, you’ll likely have programming assignments and projects to apply the concepts you learn. These will help reinforce your understanding and prepare you for real-world applications.

Overall, Computer Science II aims to deepen your understanding of fundamental concepts and equip you with the skills needed to tackle more complex programming challenges. It’s a crucial step for anyone pursuing a career in software development, computer engineering, or related fields.

July 25, 2024 0 comment

Certification

CS101: Introduction to Computer Science I Certification Exam Answers

by IndiaSuccessStories July 25, 2024

written by IndiaSuccessStories

CS101: Introduction to Computer Science I Exam Quiz Answers

Question 1: Which of the following technological developments initiated the introduction of general purpose computers, used first for large-scale numerical calculations and later for commercial applications?

Radio
Telegraph
FORTRAN
Vacuum tubes

Question 2: Which of the following subsets of English sentences is modeled by propositional logic?

Declarative
Exclamatory
Imperative
Question

Question 3: Which of the following do logical statements, programs, and the execution of programs correspond to, respectively?

Design, implementation, and testing
Requirements, construction, and testing
Design, construction, and implementation
Requirements, design, and implementation

Question 4: What is the technical term for the basic computer model?

Architecture
Flowchart
Procedure
Process

Question 5: What is a methodology?

A set of general steps needed to perform a stage of the system life cycle
A set of tools that supports the activities of each stage of the system life cycle
A set of processes that guides the stages of the system development life cycle
A procedure that specifies detailed steps to perform a stage of the system life cycle

Question 6: Programming languages are classified by the type of design model or paradigm that their constructs and features support. Which programming paradigm is Java based on?

Functional
Imperative
Logic
Object

Question 7: How does one obtain a Java Development Kit (JDK), which is required for establishing a Java development environment?

Lease the JDK
Purchase a JDK license
Purchase a copy of JDK
Accept the JDK license terms

Question 8: You are using the Java Development Kit to write a simple program, and are compiling a program called ‘sample’. Which of the following files would contain the Java bytecode?

sample.exe
sample.java
sample.class
sample.bytecode

Question 9: Computers cannot replicate many human characteristics, but have aspects that make them good tools to assist people in performing tasks or solving problems. Which of the following is one of those aspects?

Creativity
Curiosity
Ethics
Logic

Question 10: Compared to procedural programming, which of the following is true about object-oriented programming?

It Increases software development costs and improves software quality
It decreases software development costs and improves software quality
It increases software life-cycle costs and decreases coupling of implementation and use
It decreases software life-cycle costs and increases coupling of implementation and use

Question 12: Which of the following best describes a class in object-oriented programming?

Data and related object-oriented functions
A data type for a set of object-oriented programs
An object-oriented construct for saving the state of an object
A program construct used to define objects that share common attributes

Question 13: What data-types do the == and != relational operators apply to? Select one:

Any Java object type
Any primitive data type
Only char and string types
Only primitive numeric types

Question 14: In the first step of creating a Java application, a source program is written using an editor. Which of the following statements about this step is true?

Any text editor may be used to create a Java source program
Java source files can be of many file types, such as .txt, .java, .xml, or .docx
The file name of a Java source file must be the name of the only public class in the file
Word Processing software such as Microsoft Word is often used to create Java source programs

Question 15: To use a single class in a Java package, which of the following must a program do?

Include the Java package in the Java command line
Include the Java package in the Javoc command line
Import the Java package anywhere in the java source file
Import the Java class at the beginning of the java source file

Question 16: Which of the following is a special data-type that is supported by Java?

short
int
logic
string

Question 17: Calculations involving values of a given data-type may give a result that is outside the finite range of the data-type. Which of the following Java calculations would give a result that is outside the range for its indicated data-type?

Using double, calculate 7 / 2
Using int, calculate 50000 + 5000000
Using short, calculate 1+2+3+……+200
Using unsigned int, calculate 100 – 5000

Question 18: What would the value of y be after this code is executed?

int y = 2;

y = y – –y;

-2
-1
0
1

Question 19: What would this code output after it is executed?

public class Practice {

public static void main(String[] args) {

String str = new String(“Technology through engineering to design.”);

str = str.substring(11);

System.out.println(str);

}

Technology t
through engineering to design.
Technology through engineering to design.
A compile error, since a string is immutable

Question 20: What data-types do the == and != relational operators apply to?

Any Java object type
Any primitive data type
Only char and string types
Only primitive numeric types

Question 21: A student’s numeric grade is converted to a letter grade using a set of conditions. For example, if their grade is between 70 and 79, inclusive, then their grade is C. Which of the following code snippets accurately represents these conditions?

(grade >= 70) && (grade < 80)
(grade <= 80) && (grade > 70)
!(grade < 70) || !(grade >79)
!((grade < 70) || (grade >79))

Question 22: A common logical operation is implication, which is often written as A → B. This is false when A is true and B is false, and true otherwise. Which of the following Java logical expressions is equivalent to A → B?

(A&& B) || !B
(A && B) || !A
(A || B) && (!A || B)
(B && !A) || (A && B)

Question 23: Two logical expressions are equivalent if and only if which of the following are true?

They have the same form
They have the same values
They have the same truth tables
They have the same symbols in the same order

Question 24: Which of the following statements acts as a control structure?

int x;
x = 1;
if then
puts

Question 25: Engineers must measure visual acuity so that systems that involve visual output will be optimized for most of the population. Suppose you are projecting slides from a computer monitor, you want to choose a font size, which is dependent on the size of the classroom, that enables slides to be comfortably read by most students. Which of the following Java ‘if’ statements would output an optimal font size for a given room size and given visual acuity?

if (roomLength == 20) (if (visualAcuity – 1.0 < .001))

// checks for acuity equal to 1+-.001

System.out.println(“Recommended font size for a room of length “

+ roomLength + ” is: ” + DisplayPixel (roomLength, visualAcuity));

//DisplayPixel is a function call that does the engineering calculation

if (roomLength == 20) if (visualAcuity – 1.0 < .001)

// checks for acuity equal to 1+-.001

System.out.println(“Recommended font size for a room of length “

+ roomLength + ” is: ” + DisplayPixel (roomLength, visualAcuity));

//DisplayPixel is a function call that does the engineering calculation

if (roomLength == 20) {if (visualAcuity – 1.0 < .001)

// checks for acuity equal to 1+-.001

System.out.println(“Recommended font size for a room of length ” +

roomLength + ” is: ” + DisplayPixel (roomLength, visualAcuity))};

//DisplayPixel is a function call that does the engineering calculation

if (roomLength == 20) if (visualAcuity – 1.0 < .001)

// checks for acuity equal to 1+-.001

{System.out.println(“Recommended font size for a room of length ” +

roomLength + ” is: ” + DisplayPixel (roomLength, visualAcuity))};

//DisplayPixel is a function call that does the engineering calculation

Question 26: The syntax of a switch statement includes sections like:

switch (expression)

{ case label1 :

Which of the following rules are correct for expression and label1?

Variables in expression and label1 can be global variables
label1 and the variables in expression must be of integer type
expression must evaluate to an integer and label1 must be an integer literal
If expression equals the variable label1, the statements of label1 are executed

Question 27: What would be the best way to rewrite this code using a for loop?

int cost, ticket; //ticket is given a value of 1, 5, or 9 dollars

//for red, green, and blue tickets, respectively

switch (ticket) //ticket is drawn and is one of several winning tickets

{

case 1:

cost = ticket;

System.out.println(“ticket cost $” + cost);

System.out.println(“ticket wins $” + cost * 10);

break;

case 5:

cost = ticket;

System.out.println(“ticket cost $” + cost);

System.out.println(“ticket wins $” + cost * 10);

break;

case 9:

cost = ticket;

System.out.println(“ticket cost $” + cost);

System.out.println(“ticket wins $” + cost * 10);

}

int cost, ticket = 1; //value of ticket comes from System.in

for (; ticket != 0;) {

cost = ticket;

System.out.println(“ticket cost $” + cost);

System.out.println(“ticket wins $” + cost * 10);

ticket = value; // ticket given a value of 1, 5, 9 from input

break;

}

int cost, ticket; //value of ticket comes from System.in

for (; ticket != 0;) {

cost = ticket;

System.out.println(“ticket cost $” + cost);

System.out.println(“ticket wins $” + cost * 10);

ticket = 1; // ticket given a value of 1, 5, 9 from input

}

int cost, ticket = 1; //value of ticket comes from System.in

for (; ticket != 0;) {

ticket = cost;

System.out.println(“ticket cost $” + cost);

System.out.println(“ticket wins $” + cost * 10);

ticket = 1; // ticket given a value of 1, 5, 9 from input

break;

}

int cost, ticket = 1; //value of ticket comes from System.in

for (;;;) {

cost = ticket;

System.out.println(“ticket cost $” + cost);

System.out.println(“ticket wins $” + cost * 10);

ticket = 1; // ticket given a value of 1, 5, 9 from input

}

Question 28: In Java, how is information passed to an object?

By class data
By static data
By local variables
By method arguments

Question 29: A method is called by writing the name of a method in a statement. What must this be preceded by?

The program name in which the method is defined and a dot
The name of the class in which the method is defined and a dot
The name of an instance of the class in which the method is defined and a dot
The keyword new followed by the name of a class constructor for the method

Question 30: Which of the following statements about the use of arrays is correct?

An array is a java object
An array parameter is passed by reference
An array can be used to group different types
Components of an array are accessed by simple identifiers

Question 31: Which of the following diagrams gives a correct logical representation of the memory allocation of a two-dimensional array? A box represents a location in the computer’s memory, a line entering a box indicates the value stored in the box, and a line whose end is near a boundary or on the boundary of a box indicates the address of the box.

Answer: Option D

Which of the following code snippets produces a different result than that of the others, given these definitions?

Car[] inventory = new Car[3];

inventory[0] = new Car(“LCAR”, “Infinity”, 5000, “in”);

inventory[1] = new Car(“FFAR”, “Expedition”, 23000, “in”);

inventory[2] = new Car(“SFAR”, “Explorer”, 32000, “in”);

for (Car findCar: inventory) {

findCar.statusCar = “in”;

System.out.print(findCar.typeCar + ” “);

System.out.print(findCar.modelCar + ” “);

System.out.println(findCar.statusCar + ” “);

}

int[] indexArray = { 0, 1, 2 };

for (int findCar: indexArray) {

inventory[findCar].statusCar = “in”;

System.out.print(inventory[findCar].typeCar + ” “);

System.out.print(inventory[findCar].modelCar + ” “);

System.out.println(inventory[findCar].statusCar + ” “);

}

Car[] indexArray = { inventory[0], inventory[1], inventory[2] };

for (int findCar: indexArray) {

findCar.statusCar = “in”;

System.out.print(findCar.typeCar + ” “);

System.out.print(findCar.modelCar + ” “);

System.out.println(findCar.statusCar + ” “);

}

Car[] indexArray = { inventory[0], inventory[1], inventory[2] };

for (Car findCar: inventory) {

findCar.statusCar = “in”;

System.out.print(findCar.typeCar + ” “);

System.out.print(findCar.modelCar + ” “);

System.out.println(findCar.statusCar + ” “);

}

Question 32: Which of the following is Java standard I/O?

System.read
System.err
System.util.scanner.nextInt()
System.util.scanner.nextLine()

Question 33: Data that is read or written by a Java program can be part of the program, or it can be stored on an external device such as a disk. When would you want to store data on an external disk?

When data used by a program is useful for other programs
When data used by a program is dependent on the program
When you want the program to write its data faster than to external file
When you want the program to read its data faster than from an external file

Question 34: Which statement correctly describes how Java classes are applicable for retrieving external data?

The Scanner class can be used to read byte data
The Scanner class can be used to read input data
Data can only be read from a file using the FileReader class.
The Scanner class can only be used to read data from the keyboard

Question 35: What would this code output after it is executed?

public class Main {

public static void main(String[] args) {

Object x[] = new Object[3];

x[0] = new Integer(0);

System.out.println(“Hello World”);

}

Hello World
It would give a null pointer exception
It would give an array store exception
It would give an out of bounds exception

Question 36: Which lines of this code will be executed?

1 public class Main {

2 public static void main(String[] args) {

3 String s = “Tvhis is a string.”;

4 System.out.println(s);

5 int end = s.length();

6 int start = 18;

7 System.out.println(“length of string ” + end);

8 if (start > end)

9 throw new StringIndexOutOfBoundsException(“Exception: start

of the substring is greater than the length of the substring “);

11 try {

12 System.out.println(s.substring(start));

13 } catch (StringIndexOutOfBoundsException e) {

14 System.out.println(e.getMessage());

15 System.exit(0);

16 }

17 }

18 }

3, 7, 11
3, 7, 9, 13
3, 7, 11, 13
3, 7, 9, 11, 13

Question 37: How is semantics specified in propositional logic?

Each atomic statement is assigned the value True
Each atomic statement is assigned the value False
If an atomic statement is true, it is assigned the value True; otherwise it is False
A sequence of n atomic statements is assigned 2n permutations of True and False

Question 38: Which of the following is a hardware component of the basic computer model?

GUI
RAM
Cache
Transistor

Question 39: Which stages of the programming life cycle model are associated with synthesis activities, such as composing components to create the structure of a program?

Design and implementation
Implementation and Testing
Requirements and Design
Requirements and Testing

Question 40: You are using the Java Development Kit to write a simple program. Which of the following commands would you use to run a Java program called sample?

run sample
java sample
run sample.class
java sample.class

Question 41: Which of the following use cases would a computer be best for?

To make decisions
To discover new information
To execute sets of instructions
To recognize problems and create solutions

Question 42: Which of the following do procedural languages use to construct programs?

Objects and messages
Functions and operations
Predicates and operations
Data and control statements

Question 43: Which of the following best describes an object, in object-oriented programming?

A set of values for a data type
A data type and its associated programs
A construct that characterizes a member of a class
A set of constructs that communicate via messages

Question 44: What command would you use to compile this Java source code from a file called Test.java?

class Hello {

Public static void main(String[] args) {

System.out.println(“Hello World!”);

}

java Hello
javac Hello
java Test.java
javac Test.java

Question 45: Which of the following best describes a Java package?

A collection of classes used by a program
A collection GUI tools used by a program
A collection of objects that make up a program
A collection of programs used by an application

Question 46: Which of the following is the default size (that is, the maximum value) of the set of values having type int?

2³¹
2⁶⁴
(2³²)-1
(2⁶⁴)-1

Question 47: Which of the following is the most appropriate Java primitive type to use for scientific calculations involving very large numbers?

binary
decimal
double
long

Question 48: Relationships of operands can usually be expressed in different ways. If x and y are of type int, then which of the following is equivalent to x <= y?

!(x > y)
-x <= -y
(x < y) && (x = y)
(x +1) >= (y + 1)

Question 49: A university has a student database containing information on student enrollment. If you want a report of all enrolled students (whose status is e) who have at least 60 credits, which of the following relational expressions would you use?

if (status == ‘e’) {

if (credits >= 60)

System.out.println(“student:”, studentID);

};

if (status = ‘e’) {

if (credits >= 60)

System.out.println(“student:”, studentID);

};

(if status == ‘e’) {

(if credits >= 60)

System.out.println(“student:”, studentID);

};

if (status = ‘e’) {

if (credits! < 60)

System.out.println(“student:”, studentID);

};

Question 50: A person can donate blood if their age is between 18 and 60 and if they have a minimum weight of 110 pounds. Which of the following Java expressions would most precisely select those who can be blood donors?

int age, weight;

(age >= 18 && age <= 60) && (weight >= 110))

long age, weight;

(age >= 18. && age <= 60.) && (weight >= 110.)

int ageInMonths ; long weight;

(ageInMonths >= 216 && ageInMonths <= 720) && (weight >= 110.)

int ageInMonths; long weight;

(ageInMonths >= 216 && ageInMonths <= 720) && (weight > 109.9999)

Question 51: To give blood, someone must have a minimum weight of 110 pounds, be older than 17 years old, and have an iron level that is over 12. If the iron reading is 12, a second iron level test is conducted, and its result is used to determine eligibility for donation. Which of the following Java condition statements uses relational operations to express these eligibility conditions?

(weight >= 110) && (age >= 17) && (iron2 >12.0)
((weight >= 110) && (age >= 17)) || ((iron1 >= 12.0) || (iron2 >= 12.0))
((weight >= 110) && (age >= 17)) && ((iron1 >= 12.0) || (iron2 >= 12.0))
((weight >= 110) && (age >= 17) && (iron1 >12.0)) || ((weight >= 110) && (age >= 17) && (iron2 >12.0))

Question 52: In the United States, routes that run east-west are given even numbers, and those that run north-south are given odd numbers. Which of the following if statements would correctly test the direction of a route?

int routeNum = 95;

if (routeNum % 2 == 0)

System.out.println(“Route ” + routeNum + ” runs east-west”)

else System.out.println(“Route ” + routeNum + ” runs north-south”);

int routeNum = 95;

if (routeNum % 2 == 0)

System.out.println(“Route ” + routeNum + ” runs east-west”);

else System.out.println(“Route ” + routeNum + ” runs north-south”);

int routeNum = 95;

(if routeNum % 2 == 0)

System.out.println(“Route ” + routeNum + ” runs east-west”);

else System.out.println(“Route ” + routeNum + ” runs north-south”);

int routeNum = 95;

if (routeNum % 2 == 0)

System.out.println(“Route ” + routeNum + ” runs east-west”);

else {

System.out.println(“Route ” + routeNum + ” runs north-south”);

}

Question 53: What would this code output after it is executed?

int label = 2;

switch (label) {

default: System.out.println(“default”);

case 1:

{

System.out.println(“case 1”);

switch (label) {

case 1:

System.out.println(“case 11”);

case 2:

System.out.println(“case 12”);

}

case 2:

System.out.println(“case 2”);

case 3:

System.out.println(“label 3”);

}

case 2
label 3
It would give a compile error
It would give a runtime error

Question 54: How does Java object A send a message to Java object B?

A calls any method of B
A calls a public method of B
A calls one of its methods which interfaces with B
A calls a class script, which in turn shares data with B

Question 55: This Java program uses generic words for identifiers, and can be used as a template for developing Java code. Which of the following would change the value of instanceData to 4?

public class ClassName {

int instanceData = 7;

public ClassName(int data) {

instanceData = data;

} // ClassName (data) – constructor

public ClassName() {

instanceData = 0;

} // ClassName (data) – constructor

public void ChangeInstanceData(int num) {

instanceData = num;

}

// ChangeInstanceData (int num)

public int getInstanceData() {

return instanceData;

} // getInstanceData ()

public void reportData() {

System.out.println(

“value of instanceData: ” +

getInstanceData());

} // reportData ( )

} // ClassName

public class Main {

public static void main(String[] args) {

changeInstanceData(4);

}

public static void main(String[] args) {

instanceData = 4;

}

public static void main(String[] args) {

ClassName obj = new ClassName();

obj.instantData = 4;

}

public static void main(String[] args) {

ClassName obj = new ClassName();

obj.ChangeInstanceData(4)

}

Question 56: Which of the following statements is correct about the syntax of an enhanced for-loop header iterating over the elements of an array?

An enhanced for-loop uses subscripts to incrementally access elements of an array.
An enhanced for-loop has a concise structure related syntax for iterating over an array.
An enhanced for-loop generates validity checks for indices used in the body of the loop.
An enhanced for-loop uses for-loop features together with structure related features to iterate over an array.

Question 57: You want to display the heading “ID# CUSTOMER NAME” for a report. Which of the following Java code snippets would format the heading in this way?

String s1 = ” CUSTOMER”;

String s2 = ” NAME”;

String s3 = ” ID#”;

System.out.println(“%2$s %1$s”, “s1+s2”, “s3”);

String s1 = ” CUSTOMER”;

String s2 = ” NAME”;

String s3 = ” ID#”;

System.out.println( % 2 $s % 1 $s “, s1+s2, s3.;

String s1 = ” CUSTOMER”;

String s2 = ” NAME”;

String s3 = ” ID#”;

String heading = String.format(“%2$s %1$s”, s1 + s2, s3.;

System.out.println(heading);

String s1 = ” CUSTOMER”;

String s2 = ” NAME”;

String s3 = ” ID#”;

String heading = String.format(“%2$s %1$s”, “s1+s2”, “s3”);

System.out.println(heading);

Question 58: You work at a car rental company. CarInventory.txt is a character file that contains rental car data. Each line contains a carId, carType, carModel, carMileage, and carStatus. Which of the following code snippets would correctly append additional cars to the inventory?

import java.io.*;

class WriteCarFile {

public static void main(String[] args) throws IOException {

String carfileName = “CarInventory.txt”;

writer.open();

FileWriter writer = new FileWriter(carfileName, true);

writer.write(“4 LCAR Audi 0 in\n”);

writer.write(“5 FFAR Suburban 0 in\n”);

writer.write(“6 PPAR Ford150 0 in\n”);

writer.close();

}

import java.io.*;

class WriteCarFile {

public static void main(String[] args) {

String carfileName = “CarInventory.txt”;

FileWriter writer = new FileWriter(carfileName, false);

writer.write(“4 LCAR Audi 0 in”);

writer.write(“5 FFAR Suburban 0 in”);

writer.write(“6 PPAR Ford150 0 in”);

writer.close();

}

import java.io.*;

class WriteCarFile {

public static void main(String[] args) throws IOException {

String carfileName = “CarInventory.txt”;

FileWriter writer = new FileWriter(carfileName, true);

writer.write(“4 LCAR Audi 0 in\n”);

writer.write(“5 FFAR Suburban 0 in\n”);

writer.write(“6 PPAR Ford150 0 in\n”);

writer.close();

}

import java.io.*;

class WriteCarFile {

public static void main(String[] args)

{

String carfileName = “CarInventory.txt”;

FileWriter writer = new FileWriter(carfileName, true);

writer.write(“4 LCAR Audi 0 in\n”);

writer.write(“5 FFAR Suburban 0 in\n”);

writer.write(“6 PPAR Ford150 0 in\n”);

writer.close();

}

Question 59: When in the programming process does an exception occur?

At run-time
At design time
At compile time
During requirements specification

Question 60: 8e.2. Which of the following statements correctly describes which methods must have a ‘throws’ or ‘throw’ clause?

Every method
A method that might cause an exception
Only the methods that have a ‘catch’ clause
A method that might cause an exception, and each method in its chain

Question 61: The principle of bivalence says that the value assigned to a proposition that represents a simple declarative sentence. Which of the following can that sentence be?

‘null’
Unspecified
False or True
False and True

Question 62: Given propositions P and Q, when is R a valid deduction? P and Q ⇒ R

When it is not possible for P or Q to be true and R false
When it is not possible for P and Q to be true and R false
When it is not possible for P or Q to be false and R true
When it is not possible for P and Q to be false and R true

Question 63: Which of the following features of Java supports code reuse?

Objects
Network support
Memory management
Communication support

Question 64: Which of the following is a function of the JDK?

To test Java programs
To analyze Java programs
To compile Java programs
To document Java programs

Question 65: Which of the following features make object-oriented programming popular?

It promotes platform independence
It promotes program interdependence
It allows for encapsulation of data and procedures
It has greater execution efficiency compared to older paradigms

Question 66: Given the Java statement public static void main(String[] args), what are the reserved words in the statement?

public, static, String, void
args, public, static, String, void
main, public, static, String, void
args, main, public, static, String, void

Question 67: Which of the following is true about the import statement?

It can be anywhere in the Java source file
It makes the names of external classes visible
It includes external classes in a java source file
Together with *, it makes a class and subclasses visible

Question 68: What would the result of running int x += 1 be?

1
x
x+1
An error

Question 69: What would this code output after it is executed?

public class Practice {

public static void main(String[] args) {

String str = new String(“Technology to Engineering to Design”);

System.out.println(str.charAt(10));

}

y
null
blank
empty

Question 70: What would this code output after it is executed?

public class SystemFeature {

public static void main(String[] args) {

int label = 1;

switch (label) {

case 1:

System.out.println(“label 1”);

case 2:

System.out.println(“label 2”);

}

label 1
label 1

label 2

It would give a compile error
It would give a runtime error

Question 71: Which of the following correctly declares a one-dimensional array array1 that has 4 components?

int array1[4];
int[4] array1;
int[] array1 = new int[4];
int array1[] = new Array[4];

Question 72: Which of the following Java code snippets would print this table?

A B C D

0 1

0 0 2

0 0 0 3

Answer: Option A

Question 73: You work for a car rental company. Car is a class whose objects represent rental cars, each having the following attributes: idCar and mileageCar have int type, and typeCar, modelCar, and statusCar have String type. StatusCar is either “in” or “out”, indicating whether the car is available for rent or is not. Let Car(String x, String y, int z, String w) be a constructor for this class, where x corresponds to type, y corresponds to model, z corresponds to mileage, and w corresponds to status. Assume that count is a class variable that is incremented each time a new Car is constructed, and is used to assign values to idCar. Assume mileageCar is initialized to 0. Assume inventory is an array of car objects. Which of the following code snippets would print a list of cars in the inventory that satisfy a condition or set of conditions?

public static void main (String [] args) {

Car [] inventory = new Car [1000];

int [] i = {0, 1, 2, …, inventory. length – 1};

//assume the dots are the intervening digits

inventory [0] = new Car (“LCAR”, “Infinity”, 0, “in”);

inventory [1] = new Car (“FFAR”, “Expedition”, 0, “in”);

inventory [2] = new Car (“SFAR”, “Explorer”, 0, “in”);

…

//assume the dots represent the code to initialize the rest of inventory

for (int index: i) {

if (index >= 0 && index < inventory. length)

System.out.println(inventory[index]. idCar + ” “

+ inventory[index]. typeCar + ” ” + inventory[index]. modelCar

+ ” ” + inventory[index]. statusCar);

}

public static void main (String [] args) {

Car [] inventory = new Car [];

int [] i = {0, 1, 2, …, inventory. length – 1};

//assume the dots are the intervening digits

inventory [0] = new Car (“LCAR”, “Infinity”, 0, “in”);

inventory [1] = new Car (“FFAR”, “Expedition”, 0, “in”);

inventory [2] = new Car (“SFAR”, “Explorer”, 0, “in”);

…

//assume the dots represent the code to initialize the rest of inventory

for (int index: i) {

if (index >= 0 && index < inventory. length)

System.out.println(inventory[index]. idCar + ” “

+ inventory[index]. typeCar + ” ” + inventory[index]. modelCar

+ ” ” + inventory[index]. statusCar);

}

public static void main (String [] args) {

Car [] inventory = new Car [1000];

int [] i = {0, 1, 2, …, inventory. length – 1};

//assume the dots are the intervening digits

inventory [0] = new Car (“LCAR”, “Infinity”, 0, “in”);

inventory [1] = new Car (“FFAR”, “Expedition”, 0, “in”);

inventory [2] = new Car (“SFAR”, “Explorer”, 0, “in);

…

//assume the dots represent the code to initialize the rest of inventory

for (int index: i) {

if (i >= 0 && i < inventory. length)

System.out.println(inventory[i]. idCar + ” ” + inventory[i]. typeCar

+ ” ” + inventory[i]. modelCar + ” ” + inventory[i]. statusCar);

}

public static void main (String [] args) {

Car [] inventory = new Car [1000];

int [] i = {0, 1, 2, …, inventory. length – 1};

//assume the dots are the intervening digits

inventory [0] = new Car (“LCAR”, “Infinity”, 0, “in”);

inventory [1] = new Car (“FFAR”, “Expedition”, 0, “in”);

inventory [2] = new Car (“SFAR”, “Explorer”, 0, “in”);

… //assume the dots represent the code to initialize the rest of inventory

for (int index: i) {

if (index >= 0 && index < inventory. length)

System.out.println(inventory[index]. idCar

+ ” ” + inventory[index]. typeCar + ” “

+ inventory[index]. modelCar + ” ” + inventory[index]. statusCar);

}

Question 74: Which of the following tools would you use to input Java code into the JDK?

A text editor
The JRE interpreter
The JDK Java editor
Windows Visual Studio

Question 75: Which of the following does Java use to implement encapsulation?

Inheritance
Constructors
Polymorphism
Declaration keywords

Question 76: What would this code output after it is executed?

public class Try {

public static void main(String[] args) {

int x = 1, y = 2;

double xx = 1.0, yy = 2.0;

System.out.println(x > xx);

System.out.println(y == yy);

}

False

False

False

True

True

False

True

True

Question 78: Looping structures are included in most, if not all, programming languages. They are one of the earliest techniques for reusing code. Which of the following programming activities is likely to use loops?

Transacting an online bank deposit
Performing a computation specified by an equation
Selecting the next statement to execute based on a condition
Executing a block of code repetitively using different data values

Question 79: Which of the following is the correct call to the method that gets the length of the string “John”?

String str = “John”;

str.length();

String str = “John”;

String.length(str);

String str = new String(“John”);

length(str);

String str = new String(“John”);

String.length(str);

Question 80: You work for a car rental company. Suppose that inventory is an array that represents a set of cars available for rent, where each car has 3 components of information: type, model, and status. An example representation for a car is: “mid”, “Chv”, “in”, which represents a midsize Chevrolet and is in and available for rent. Which of the following code snippets would search the inventory for this car?

for (int row, col = 0; row < 100 and col < 3; row++) {

if (inventory[row][1] == “mid” &&

inventory[row][2] == “chv”);

}

for (int row, col = 0; row < 100 and col < 3; row++) {

if (inventory[row][col] == “mid” &&

inventory[row][col + 1] == “chv”);

}

for (int row, col = 0; col < 3 && row < 100; col++) {

if (inventory[col][row] == “mid” &&

inventory[col][2] == “chv”);

}

for (int row, col = 0; col < 3 && row < 100; col++) {

if (inventory[col][row] == “mid” &&

Inventory[col][row + 1] == “chv”);

}

Question 81: What would the result be when this code is executed and a user types mystring 123?

import java.util.Scanner;

import java.io.PrintWriter;

public class PrintSample {

public static void main(String[] args) {

Scanner sampleIn = new Scanner(System.in);

PrintWriter sampleOut = new PrintWriter(System.out, false);

String sIn = sampleIn.next();

System.out.println(sIn);

sampleOut.println(sIn);

System.out.println(“ok”);

int iIn = sampleIn.nextInt();

System.out.println(iIn);

sampleOut.close();

}

mystring

123

mystring

mystring

mystring

123

mystring

123

It would give an execution error

Question 82: What is the process in Java for creating and writing a text file?

define and allocate a file object

use the object’s write method to write string fields

use the object’s close method to close the file

construct a FileWriter object with a file name

use the objects write method to write character lines to the file

use the objects close method to close the file

declare a file name

construct a FileWriter object with that defined file name

use a FileWriter method to write string lines to the file

use a FileWriter method to close the file

define a file name

use the FileWriter open method to allocate a file with that name

use the FileWriter write method to write byte to that file

use the FileWriter close method to close the file

Question 83: In using the Scanner class for reading a text file, which of the following statements correctly describes the role of each of these classes?

Scanner methods can be used to read a text file
A File class object is attached to a Scanner object
A File class method can be used to check for end of file
Scanner.class methods do not throw file related checked exceptions

Question 84: Today’s computers are considered to be part of which computer hardware generation, which enabled larger software abstractions? Select one:

The second generation, which was characterized by transistors
The third generation, which was characterized by integrated circuits
The fourth generation, which was characterized by very-large-scale integration
The fifth generation, which was characterized by massive parallel hardware

Question 85: Which of the following describes how computers can improve the processes involved in an information system? Select one:

They improve the performance of the process
They remove the people involved in the process
They generate ideas for how to streamline the process
They decrease the amount of data involved in the process

Question 86: Which of the following correctly represents the class hierarchy of the diagram?

B is a subclass of A, and C is a subclass of B
A is a subclass of B, and B is a subclass of C
A is a superclass of C, and B is a superclass of C
A is a superclass of B and C, and C is a subclass of A

Question 87: Which of the following statements is true? Select one:

123. is the same as “123F”
A short type can represent 34567
An int can represent about 8 digits of precision
A float can represent about 7 digits of precision

Question 88: What would this code output after it is executed?

public class Try {

public static void main (String [] args) {

Boolean x = false, y = false;

if (x == y)

System.out.println(true);

else System.out.println(false);

}

Select one:

true
false
It would give a syntax error
It would give a runtime error

Question 89: Which of the following Java logical expression is equivalent to NOT (A || B)? Select one:

A & & B
! A & & B
! A & & B
! (A & & B)

Question 90: Which of the following minimal Java logical expressions has a meaning that is given by column C in this truth table?

A B C

0 0 0

0 1 1

1 0 0

1 1 1

Select one:

A
B
(! A OR B) AND (A OR! B)
(! A AND! B) OR (A AND! B)

Question 91: 5a.3. Which of the following is a control statement? Select one:

import java.util.*
long size = 1234567890;
System.out.println(“Hello world!”);
try {System.out.println(s. substring(start))};

Question 92: You work at a car rental company. CarInventory.txt is a character file that contains rental car data. Each line contains a carId, carType, carModel, carMileage, and carStatus. Which of the following code snippets correctly reads this text file using the Scanner class? Assume the input text file exists. Select one:

import java.io. *;

import java. util. Scanner;

public class CarInventory {

public static void main (String [] args) {

Scanner fileScr;

Scanner keyBoardScr;

String fileName = “carInventory.txt”;

keyBoardScr = new Scanner (System.in);

try {

File carFile = new File(fileName);

fileScr = new Scanner(carFile);

} catch (IOException e) {

e. printStackTrace ();

}

String car = null;

if (fileScr.hasNext())

car = fileScr.next();

while (car! = null) {

System.out.println(car);

car = fileScr.next();

}

import java.io. *;

import java. util. Scanner;

public class CarInventory {

public static void main (String [] args) {

Scanner fileScr;

String fileName = “carInventory.txt”;

keyBoardScr = new Scanner (System.in);

try {

File carFile = new File(fileName);

fileScr = new Scanner(carFile);

} catch (IOException e) {

e. printStackTrace ();

}

String car = null;

if (fileScr.hasNext())

car = fileScr.next();

while (car! = null) {

System.out.println(car);

car = fileScr.next();

}

import java.io. *;

import java. util. Scanner;

public class CarInventory {

public static void main (String [] args) {

Scanner fileScr;

Scanner keyBoardScr;

keyBoardScr = new Scanner (System.in);

try {

File carFile = new File(fileName);

fileScr = new Scanner(carFile);

} catch (IOException e) {

e. printStackTrace ();

}

String car = null;

if (fileScr.hasNext())

car = fileScr.next();

while (car! = null) {

System.out.println(car);

car = fileScr.next();

}

import java.io. *;

import java. util. Scanner;

public class CarInventory {

public static void main (String [] args) {

Scanner fileScr;

Scanner keyBoardScr;

String fileName = “carInventory.txt”;

Scanner keyBoardScr = new Scanner (System.in);

try {

File carFile = new File(fileName);

fileScr = new Scanner(carFile);

} catch (IOException e) {

e. printStackTrace ();

}

String car = null;

if (fileScr.hasNext())

car = fileScr.next();

while (car! = null) {

System.out.println(car);

car = fileScr.next();

}

Question 93: Which of the following is a key feature of Java? Select one:

Machine independence
Many low-level facilities
An object model, like C++
Manual memory management

Question 94: You are using the Java Development Kit to write a simple program. Which of the following file types will you save the program as? Select one:

.html
.java
.jdoc
.txt

Question 95: If C is the set of all coins, CQ is the set of all quarters, and Q is a 1904 quarter, which of the following is a correct statement? Select one:

C is an object
CQ is an object
CQ is a subclass of C
CQ is a parent of class C

Question 96: Given the Java statement class E extends class F, assuming E and F are different classes, what could most likely be said about the objects of E and F? Select one:

They have the same class data and behavior
They have different class data and behavior
They have the same class data and different behavior
They have different class data and the same behavior

Question 97: Which of the following is the best definition of a primitive data-type? Select one:

A category of data that is part of the Java language
A user-defined class that declares a set of variables
A user-defined object that declares a set of identifiers
A piece of information needed by the Java Virtual Machine

Question 98: What would the value of x be after this code is executed?

float x = 1, y = 2;

x = x / 2;

Select one:

0
0.5
1/2
1

Question 99: A program consists of a sequence of various types of statements that process input data to produce output data. Each type of statement is used as part of a process, an input, or an output. How do control statements relate to each of these aspects? Select one:

They define the data that is stored
They change the data that is stored
They determine the order in which code is executed
They declare the name and type of data that is input

Question 100: Which of the following is common to all Java loops? Select one:

Conditions
Counters
Sentinels
Updaters

Question 101: 8e.1. Suppose an integer value is input into a program where it is used as the divisor in a division computation. What is the best approach to address the risk of dividing by zero? Select one:

Traditional error handling
Default exception handling
Java’s exception-handling model
Terminate the program by calling System.exit

Question 102: What would this code output after it is executed?

public class Main {

public static void main (String [] args) {

double decimalNumb = 1.1;

System.out.printf(“integer %d”, decimalNumb);

}

Select one:

1.1
integer 1.1
It would give a run-time exception
It would give a compile format error

Question 103: Which of the following technological developments made computers widely available to the public by lowering costs, increasing reliability, and improving usability? Select one:

UNIX
Transistors
Vacuum tubes
Integrated circuits

Question 104: Which of the following is a computer science principle that underlies the basic computer model? Select one:

Composition of detailed components
Decomposition into major components
Hierarchy of components and subcomponents
Language for forming instructions that control components

Question 105: Which of the following computer science principles underlies the programming life cycle? Select one:

Abstraction
Composition
Decomposition
Language

Introduction to Computer Science I

Introduction to Computer Science I is typically the first course in a series that introduces students to the fundamental concepts of computer science. The course aims to provide a solid foundation in both theoretical and practical aspects of computing. Here are some key topics that are commonly covered in such a course:

Programming Fundamentals: Students often learn a programming language such as Python, Java, or C++. They start with basic syntax, data types, variables, and control structures (like loops and conditionals).
Algorithms and Problem Solving: The course covers how to design and analyze algorithms to solve computational problems efficiently. Topics may include sorting, searching, recursion, and algorithm complexity.
Data Structures: This involves understanding different ways to organize and store data in a computer’s memory. Common data structures covered include arrays, linked lists, stacks, queues, trees, and hash tables.
Computer Architecture: An overview of how computers are built and how they execute instructions, including topics like CPU, memory, input/output, and basic operating system concepts.
Software Engineering Principles: Introduces students to good programming practices such as modular design, debugging techniques, testing, and version control systems (like Git).
Ethical and Social Issues in Computing: Discusses the impact of computing on society, including topics like privacy, security, intellectual property, and the ethical responsibilities of computer professionals.
Introduction to Databases: Basic concepts related to database systems, such as data modeling, SQL queries, and relational databases.
Introduction to Web Development: Basic web technologies such as HTML, CSS, and JavaScript might be introduced, along with how web servers and browsers work together.
Introduction to Artificial Intelligence: Some courses may touch upon basic concepts in AI, such as machine learning and neural networks.

Goals:

By the end of the course, students are expected to have a solid understanding of basic programming principles, be able to solve simple computational problems using algorithms and data structures, and have a foundation for further study in computer science.

Overall, Introduction to Computer Science I sets the stage for deeper exploration into the various domains of computer science and prepares students for more advanced coursework in the field.

July 25, 2024 0 comment

Certification

Microsoft Search Advertising Certification Exam Answers

by IndiaSuccessStories July 25, 2024

written by IndiaSuccessStories

Microsoft Search Advertising Exam Quiz Answers

Question 1: Contoso Bikes wants to ensure that if one campaign is attracting a lot of traffic on a given day, it CAN take budget from other campaigns. Which budget type should they select?

Individual
Shared

Question 2: What are the ways in which you can target your ads?

Age and gender
Geographic location
Name and address
Type of device

Question 3: Which column is required as mandatory when uploading your Dynamic Search Ads page feed?

Page URL
Static headline
Ad title
Custom label

Question 4: An ad title can contain 3 parts, each up to 30 characters long.

True
False

Question 5: Report templates can be saved and scheduled to run automatically.

True
False

Question 6: Jane knows that her campaigns will be more efficient if she improves her quality score. How can Jane do this?

Improve her ad relevance.
Increase her bids.
Improve her expected click-through rate.
Improve the landing page experience.

Question 7: Nick’s Shirts and Ties wants to track a conversion each time someone makes a purchase on their website using a destination URL conversion goal. Which page should they specify as the destination URL to track this type of conversion?

The payment methods page
The purchase confirmation page
The website home page
The ‘cart’ or ‘basket’ page

Question 8: Microsoft Advertising Editor allows you to work and make changes online only.

True
False

Question 9: Hitesh is running a search campaign for a major retailer and wants to remarket to previous site visitors. When doing this, Hitesh can target site visitors or cart abandoners, but not people who have actually made a purchase.

True
False

Question 10: At what level is auto-tagging with Microsoft Click ID enabled when creating a new Universal Even Tracking (UET) conversion goal?

Keyword level
Account level
Campaign level
Ad group Level

Question 11: Which of the following is not considered in calculating quality score?

Expected click-through rate
Landing page experience
Ad relevance
Bid

Question 12: What is the maximum number of headlines an advertiser can provide for their Responsive Search Ads?

4 headlines
10 headlines
15 headlines
20 headlines

Question 13: Contoso Holidays wants their ad to display for the keyword ‘Flights to New York’ only when a customer’s search query matches their keyword precisely- including some close variants- with no extra words. Which keyword match option should they select?

Exact match
Broad match
Phrase match
Modifier match

Question 14: Arlo has applied targeting at both the campaign level and ad group level to his campaign. Which level will take priority?

The campaign target is prioritized.
The effect will be cumulative.
No targeting will be applied due to the conflict.
The ad group target is prioritized.

Question 15: When using Google Import, which of the following may be modified automatically as part of the import process?

Location target
Ad title
Negative keyword match type
Sitelink extensions

Question 16: In general, the higher up on the Search Engine Results Page (SERP) your ad is the less likely it will be to clicked.

True
False

Question 17: How is a click-through rate defined?

Number of conversions ÷ Number of clicks as a %
Number of impressions ÷ Number of clicks as a %
Number of clicks ÷ Number of impressions as a %
Number of clicks ÷ Number of conversions as a %

Question 18: What level or levels can Ad targets be set?

Keyword level
Ad group level
Account level
Campaign level

Question 19: When will changes made in Microsoft Advertising Editor be reflected in your Microsoft Advertising account?

When all accounts and/or campaigns have been downloaded.
Each time you complete an edit.
In real time as you make changes.
When you post your changes.

Question 20: Complete the following sentence by selecting 2 correct answers: With Microsoft Advertising, you can use Dynamic Remarketing…

For Microsoft Audience Network campaigns.
For search campaigns.
Without customizing your standard universal event tracking tag.
Without a Microsoft Merchant Center Store.

Question 21: How many types of Dynamic Remarketing lists are available to an advertiser?

1 List
3 Lists
5 Lists
10 Lists

Question 22: Microsoft Advertising allows you to import a keyword list from Google.’

True
False

Question 23: Maria has noticed that her ads are not appearing as high on the search engine results page as they used to. Which of the following could Maria do to improve her ads’ position?

Rename her campaigns and ad groups
Improve her ad relevance
Increase her bids
Improve the click-through rate by improving her ad copy

Question 24: Kari’s Clothes online store has a remarketing list of site visitors applied to a campaign. For this campaign, they only want their ads to appear to customers on the remarketing list. Which targeting option should they choose?

Bid only
Target and bid

Question 25: What are the benefits of using in-market audiences?

You can reach curated audiences more likely to convert in your category.
You can use your own first-party data.
You must have universal event tracking implemented.
You can create an ad group that will only serve to that audience.

Question 26: For enhanced cost per click, which of the following is true about Universal Event Tracking (UET) with a conversion goal?

UET is not possible
UET is recommended
UET is only available in the US market
UET is mandatory

Question 27: Ad group settings must inherit settings from the campaign level.

True
False

Question 28: With conversion tracking, the only thing possible to track is when a customer actually purchases a product.

True
False

Question 29: Helena wants to compare the performance of ads running on owned and operated sites to ads running on the Microsoft Search Partner Network. In which of the following ways can Helena do this?

Using Dimensions, Top vs other
Using Dimensions, Network
Using Segment, Network
Using Segment, Top vs other

Question 30: Jack wants to provide a variety of headlines and descriptions so Microsoft Artificial Intelligence can automatically select the best combination. What ad type should Jack create?

Ad customizers
Responsive search ads
Expanded text ads
Product ads

Question 31: Which of the following are Microsoft Advertising budgeting options?

Limited
Individual
Multiple
Shared

Question 32: Microsoft Advertising saves your Google Ads sign-in information for easier access with other Google Imports.

True
False

Question 33: What are some benefits of using remarketing in your paid search campaign?

Connect with customers who have visited your website before.
Create additional opportunities to re-engage with customers who have abandoned their shopping cart.
Upsell or cross-sell to previous buyers.
Create a higher cost per acquisition compared to the same ads without remarketing in paid search.

Question 34: Susana has recently implemented Responsive Search Ads (RSAs) on search campaigns. To best understand the full impact of her RSAs, how soon after implementation should Susana measure their performance?

24 hours after implementation
1 to 7 days after implementation
7 to 14 days after implementation
15 to 30 days after implementation

Question 35: Celine is a camera retailer who wants to create engaging ads with images of what products are sold from the catalog. What ad type should Celine use?

Ad customizers
Product ads
Responsive search ads
Expanded text ads

Question 36: Which of the following will not import using the Google Import tool?

Structured snippets
Labels
Automated rules
Text ads

Question 37: Cathleen wants to check that three Universal Event Tracking (UET) tag is functioning correctly on the website, ‘Cathleen’s Musical Instruments’. Which of the following options would enable Cathleen to do this?

Adding the UET Tag Helper browser extension into the Opera browser.
Adding the UET Tag Helper browser extension into the Safari browser.
Adding the UET Tag Helper browser extension into the Edge browser.
Adding the UET Tag Helper browser extension in to the Chrome browser.

Question 38: Responsive Search Ads can be imported from your Google Ads campaign.

True
False

Question 39: Saskia is running a search campaign for a major retailer and is writing ad copy. With remarketing, Saskia has the ability to show previous website visitors different ad copy to other people.

True
False

Question 40: Which of the following is true about Universal Event Tracking (UET)?

UET is a piece of JavaScript code.
The UET tag records customer behavior on your website to send to Microsoft Advertising.
You need to have 1 UET tag for conversion tracking, and a different UET tag for remarketing.
It works as a ‘key’ that can unlock powerful Microsoft Advertising features.

Question 41: Hitesh wants to see the number of impressions for each headline and description combination for his Responsive Search Ad (RSA). What type of report should Hitesh run?

Advanced Insights report
Asset report
Targeting report
Performance report

Question 42: What should you know before importing a file in Microsoft Advertising Editor?

Excel or .csv file formats are acceptable.
Files formated in. NUMBERS or. GSHEET are acceptable.
The file data columns can be in any order.
You ensure that the file is closed.

Question 43: What is an EXTA?

Expanded Text Ad
Expanded Type Ad
Exact Type Ad
Exact Text Ad

Question 44: You can use the Google Import feature to import an in-market audience to your campaign.

True
False

Question 45: Willow Sporting Goods are concerned that a lot of their ads are being blocked from showing. They believe this is due to keywords that have been set up to prevent ads from being triggered by a certain word or phrase. Which report should they run?

Search Term report
Billing Statement report
Negative keyword conflict report
Share of Voice report

Question 46: When is a customer removed from the Dynamic Remarketing list?

When a customer adds a product to a shopping cart.
When a customer searches for a product.
When a customer views a product.
When a customer purchases a product.

Question 47: Which of the following payment methods are allowed if using a post-pay threshold?

Debit card
Check
Credit card
PayPal

Question 48: Yani is creating a search campaign and is choosing an automated bid strategy. The aim is to ensure an average spend to get a customer to take action on their website over 30 days is less than $10. Which bid strategy should Yani choose?

Target cost per action
Maximize conversions
Target impression share
Enhanced cost per click

Question 49: What are impressions?

The number of times an ad has been displayed on the search engine results page.
The number of times an ad is clicked.
The number of times an ad has not been displayed on the search engine results page.
The number of times a query is submitted.

Question 50: What are the words or phrases a user type into a search box referred to as?

An impression
A query
A click
A keyword

Question 51: Gail’s Gifts is choosing an automated bidding strategy. They want to have confidence that their bids are driving as much traffic to their website as possible while staying within their budget. Which bid strategy should they choose?

Maximum conversions
Enhanced cost per click
Target cost per action
Maximize clicks

Question 52: What does a Callout ad extension provide?

Callout ad extensions provide an extra non-clickable snippet of text that highlights your website’s products or offers.
Callout ad extensions highlight deals for holidays and other special occasions.
Callout ad extensions list multiple categories of products or features with unique clickable links to each of these offerings.
Callout ad extensions provide a call-to-action button in your text ad.

Question 53: Contoso Hotels wants to ensure that excessive spend on one campaign does not take budget from other campaigns. Which budget type should they select?

Individual
Shared

Question 54: How is a conversion rate defined?

Number of clicks ÷ Number of impressions as a %
Number of conversions ÷ Number of clicks as a %
Number of impressions ÷ Number of conversions as a %
Number of clicks ÷ Number of conversions as a %

Question 55: Broad match keywords have the most potential for high impressions.

True
False

Question 56: What does SERP stand for?

Search engine references prioritized
Search engine results page
Search engine results prioritized
Search engine reference page

Question 57: To pay with monthly invoicing, you will need to have a live insertion order set up.

True
False

Question 58: Contoso Foods wants to track each time a searcher who has clicked on their ad watches a video on their site as a conversion. Which Microsoft Advertising feature do they need to implement?

Universal event tracking destination URL conversion
Offline conversions
Universal event tracking custom event goal
App installs

Question 59: Dynamic Search Ads automatically target relevant search queries based on the content of your website, and are dynamically created to respond to these search queries.

True
False

Question 60: Maria-Jose wants to run a report to see impressions, impression percentage, and impression percentage lost to budget and lost to bid. Which report should Maria-Jose run?

Share of Voice report
Negative keyword conflict report
Search Term report
Billing Statement report

Question 61: What does CTR stand for?

Click-through register
Click-through rate
Click-to register
Click-through results

Question 62: Contoso Shoes’ campaign reached its budget limit for the day, so it has been automatically paused. What could Contoso Shoes do to make its ads go live again?

Wait until the next day
Nothing, the campaign is paused until the end of the day
Increase its daily campaign budget
Raise its bids

Question 63: What can a Sitelink ad extension provide?

A call-to-action button in your text ad
An extra non-clickable snippet of text that highlights your website’s products or offers
A phone number that is not associated with a particular location, but is appropriate for all locations where your ads display
Additional links in your ads that take customers to specific pages on your website

Question 64: Leo’s online store wants to set up remarketing for its search campaigns. In what order should steps be taken to achieve this?

Tag your website with a UET tag
Create remarketing lists to segment users
Associate remarketing lists with ad groups

Question 65: Gregory wants to set up billing information in a new account. Gregory can use Google Import to copy this over from his Google Ads account.

True
False

Question 66: What is the membership duration range an advertiser can specify when creating a Dynamic Remarketing list?

1 to 14 days
1 to 60 days
1 to 90 days
1 to 180 days

Question 67: Ravleen wants to run a report to see financial documents, including invoices and credit memos. Which report should Ravleen run?

Search Term report
Share of Voice report
Billing Statement report
Negative Keyword Conflict report

Question 68: What are the ways in which you can import your Google Ads search campaign data?

Importing a file
Microsoft Advertising User Interface
Microsoft Advertising Merchant Center
Microsoft Advertising Editor

Question 69: The ‘Target and Bid’ audience target setting does not narrow your ad’s audience.

True
False

Question 70: What is the correct order of hierarchy in the Microsoft Advertising account structure?

Manager Account
Account
Campaign
Ad Group

Question 71: How many Universal Event Tracking (UET) tags are needed per advertiser website?

5 UET tags – One for each of the 5 features it enables.
2 UET tags – One for remarketing and one for conversion tracking.
No UET tags – The UET tag is placed on Bing.com.
1 UET tag- One tag that performs all functions.

Question 72: The Microsoft Search Partner Network is comprised of partner-managed properties powered by Bing. They have their own brands, but search results and ads are served by Bing.

True
False

Question 73: Emily is creating a campaign for a large insurance company’s auto insurance and is choosing an automated bid strategy. The aim is to use Microsoft Advertising’s data-driven bidding to get as many online purchases as possible. Which bid strategy should Emily choose?

Target cost per action
Enhanced cost per click
Maximize conversions
Target impression share

Question 74: Contoso Ski House wants its keyword ‘winter vacations’ to match to queries such as ‘winter vacations discount’ but not ‘Hawaii vacations’. Which keyword match option should it select?

Phrase match
Modifier match
Broad match
Exact match

Question 75: Contoso Desserts is new to Microsoft Advertising and wants to implement conversion tracking. What is the first step?

Generate a universal event tracking tag
Add conversions to its campaign reports
Create a conversion goal
Apply a remarketing audience

Question 76: When you are testing your Responsive Search Ad (RSA), which of the following is recommended?

Test 4 to 5 RSAs in an ad group with 3 expanded text ads.
Test 4 to 5 RSAs in an ad group with 1 expanded text ad.
Test 1 RSA in an ad group with 2 to 3 expanded text ads.
Test 1 RSA in an ad group on its own.

Question 77: Which of the following is true about Microsoft Advertising Editor?

It is a tool that allows you to make changes to multiple Microsoft Advertising accounts.
It is a tool only available for Windows OS.
It is a tool that allows you to make bulk changes to your campaigns.
It is a tool that allows you to create new campaigns within your account or accounts.

Question 78: Campaigns are the lowest level in the account structure hierarchy.

True
False

Question 79: Gaby is marketing luxury vacations and notices ads are being triggered by queries for ‘cheap vacations’. What should Gaby do to prevent this?

Use negative keywords
Lower the bids
Increase the bids
Use broad match

Question 80: Anna notices one device type performing poorly. What is the maximum negative bid adjustment Anna can use for a device?

-9%
-90%
-100%
-10%

Question 81: Which of the following is the default bid strategy when creating a new campaign?

Enhanced cost per click
Maximum conversions
Target impression share
Target cost per acquisition

Question 82: Contoso Pet Supplies wants their ad for the keyword ‘Cat Snaxxx’ triggered when a user searches either of the individual words in any order, or words related to Cat or Snaxxx. Which match option should they choose?

Broad match
Phrase match
Exact match
Modifier match

Question 83: An ad extension, if present, will always serve.

True
False

Question 84: Which levels can you apply website exclusions for the Microsoft Search Partner Network?

Ad group level
Account level
Campaign level
Keyword level

Question 85: Unless you choose to opt-in, your campaign will be automatically opted-out of Microsoft Search Partner traffic.

True
False

Question 86: Contoso Clothing is new to Microsoft Advertising and wants to track how many people buy a shirt online after clicking on their ad. What feature must they implement?

Conversion tracking
Audience targeting
Remarketing audiences
Dynamic search ads

Question 87: What do past buyers lists do in a dynamic remarketing campaign?

Refresh within minutes.
Ensure ads for that product are shown again to the buyer.
Have past buyers automatically added.
Require customized universal event tracking set up correctly for that product.

Question 88: What are some reasons why you would use page feeds for dynamic search ads?

To fine tune your auto targets and ad copy.
To prevent the labeling and targeting of specific URLs.
To improve your page freshness.
To leverage static headlines.

Question 89: Tailspin Fences and Gates Inc. does not want its ad to display when a customer searches for ‘Bill Gates’. To avoid displaying an ad when a customer searches for ‘Bill Gates’, which Microsoft Advertising option should they select?

Audience targeting
Broad match
Negative keyword
Dynamic keyword insertion

Question 90: Javier is interested in the performance of individual sites on the Microsoft Search Partner Network for his campaigns. What level of transparency can Javier get with Microsoft Advertising reporting?

Only the performance on Bing.com.
No transparency into the sites where his ads are serving.
Only the performance on owned and operated (O&O) sites.
Full transparency into every site where his ads are serving.

Question 91: A bid is the maximum amount an advertiser is willing to pay for a click.

True
False

Question 92: The words or phrases a user type into a search box are often referred to as:

Impression
Question
Search Query

Question 93: What an advertiser defines as a sale – could be a sign up or a purchase is known as:

Impression
Click
CTR
Conversion

Question 94: Each sponsored search ad that a user sees is called a(n):

Impression
Click
CTR
Conversion

Question 95: What is it called when a user clicks through to an advertiser’s website from a sponsored search listing?

Impression
Click
Conversion Rate
Conversion

Question 96: How many sales an advertiser is getting per number of clicks is known as:

Impression
Click
Conversion Rate
Conversion

Question 97: What do web crawlers do?

They install themselves on your computer to deliver advertising. They are adware.
They index web pages for the search engines. They are a kind of database software.
They follow links on the web and send back information on web page contents to search engines.
They are software that search engines use to find and deliver the results of queries.

Question 98: Paid search follows a Pay Per Click, or PPC, advertising model. Using this system, an advertiser only pays when a consumer clicks on their delivered ad.

True
False

Question 99: Phuong wants to see details of which queries have been triggering the ads in a campaign that has been running for a few weeks. Which report should Phuong run?

Search Term report
Share of Voice report
Billing Statement report
Negative keyword conflict report

Question 100: Franz sells a wide variety of apparel. Franz’s goal is to dynamically insert data into text ads from a feed depending on certain circumstances. What ad type should Franz use?

Responsive search ads
Ad customizers
Product Ads
Expanded text ads

Question 101: Shani’s Shoes is an online store where customers can buy running shoes. A number of customers are adding shoes to their cart, but then leave the site. Which of the following is a characteristic of Dynamic Marketing which Shani’s Shoes can take advantage of?

Ads featuring running shoes can be shown to the searcher.
Standard campaign ads will be shown to searchers because they did not purchase the running shoes.
Ads featuring exactly the same pair of running shoes can be shown to the searcher.
Ads triggered by the keyword ‘shoes’ will be shown to the searcher.

Question 102: Exact match can also match to search queries that are minor variations of the keyword, or ‘close variants’.

True
False

Question 103: A click on an ad extension incurs an additional charge to a normal click.

True
False

Question 104: Yandi’s online Bike Store is choosing an automated bidding strategy. They want to get as much conversion value and revenue as possible for given return on ad spend objective. Which bid strategy should they choose?

Target impression share
Maximum conversions
Target cost-per action
Target return on advertising spend

Question 105: What is the maximum number of ad descriptions an advertiser can provide for their Responsive Search Ads?

4 ad descriptions
10 ad descriptions
15 ad descriptions
20 ad descriptions

Question 106: How do you calculate average cost-per click?

Total number of impressions ÷ total cost of all clicks
Total cost of all clicks ÷ total number of clicks
Total number of clicks ÷ Total cost of all clicks
Total cost of all clicks ÷ Total number of impressions

Question 107: An event goal conversion can be best defined as which of the following?

Goals that track each time a user spends more than a specified duration of time on your site.
Goals that track each time a user visits a specific URL on your site.
Goals that track each time a user interacts with a specific element on your site.
Goals that track each time a user visits more than a specified number of pages on your site.

Question 108: Lilly currently has a standard Universal Event Tracking (UET) tag implemented, but wants to start using dynamic remarketing on the campaigns. What 2 additional parameters required in UET will Lilly need to add?

Product name
Product ID
Page number
Page type

Question 109: Contoso Coffee chain of coffee shops is eager to ensure they bid on the brand keyword ‘Contoso Coffee’. Why?

Matched queries are likely to be from customers interested in any coffee shop chain.
Brand keywords target a broad pool of customers interested in a product category or type.
They specify an exact location.
They target a broad pool of shoppers.

Question 110: Ashley’s Autos has placed a Universal Event Tracking (UET) tag on each of the pages on its website. Which of the following features needs this tag to function?

Conversion tracking
Maximize clicks
Target cost per acquisition bidding
Remarketing

Question 111: Sarbjit wants to research keywords, compare impression share, and customize bids. Which Microsoft Advertising tool should Sarbjit use?

Campaign Settings
Microsoft Merchant Center
Google Import
Keyword Planner

Question 112: What does PPC stand for?

Pay-per click
Price-per campaign
Pay-per campaign
Price-per click

Question 113: Kat’s Clothes online store has a remarketing list of site visitors applied to a campaign. They want their ads to appear to all potential customers, but apply a positive bid adjustment for customers on the remarketing list. Which targeting option should they choose?

Target and Bid
Bid only

Question 114: Contoso Vacations sells experiences in Mexico. Which of the following targeting opportunities are available to them with Microsoft Advertising?

They can target selected IP addresses.
They can target selected postcodes in Mexico.
They can target their ads to Mexico for local tourists.
They can target their ads to people searching about Mexico.

Question 115: Nick’s Shirts and Ties wants to track a conversion each time someone makes a purchase on their website using a destination URL conversion goal. Which page should they specify as the destination URL to track this type of conversion?

The payment methods page
The purchase confirmation page
The website home page
The ‘cart’ or ‘basket’ page

Question 116: What does the term SERP stand for?

Search Engine Results Page
Search Engine Rendering Page
Search Engine Results Panels

Question 117: Which of the following are the three stages of Microsoft Advertising search partner optimization?

Run the publisher report and exclude process weekly for four-to-six weeks.
Access the publisher report to identify and exclude domains with poor performance on the desired KPI.
Define the KPI you want.

Question 118: Reporting is offered on the syndicated search partner domains where your ads have served.

True
False

Question 119: Norman’s Hardware wants to remarket to people who have visited Normanshardware.com. They have already implemented the Universal Event Tracking (UET) tag on the site and created a remarketing list. At what point will Microsoft Advertising add a site visitor to their remarketing list?

When a user lands on the advertiser’s site after clicking on their ad.
When a user lands on the advertiser’s site who has not clicked on their ad.
When a user sees their ad.
When a user searches for ‘Norman’s Hardware’.

Question 120: Exact match can also match to search queries that are minor variations of the keyword, or ‘close variants’.

True
False

Introduction to Microsoft Search Advertising

Microsoft Search Advertising refers to the advertising platform provided by Microsoft, primarily through its search engine Bing. It allows advertisers to create and manage pay-per-click (PPC) search advertising campaigns to reach potential customers who are actively searching for products or services online.

Key features of Microsoft Search Advertising include:

Bing Ads Platform: Ads appear on Bing search results pages as well as on other Microsoft properties such as MSN.com.
Targeting Options: Advertisers can target their ads based on keywords, location, device type, demographics, and time of day.
Budget Control: Advertisers can set daily and monthly budgets to control spending.
Ad Formats: Supports various ad formats including text ads, shopping ads, and image ads.
Reporting and Analytics: Provides detailed reports and analytics to track ad performance and optimize campaigns.
Integration with Microsoft Advertising: Microsoft Search Advertising is integrated with other Microsoft Advertising products and services, providing a comprehensive digital marketing solution.
Microsoft Advertising Intelligence: A keyword research and optimization tool that helps advertisers discover new keywords and get performance estimates.

Overall, Microsoft Search Advertising offers businesses a platform to expand their online presence and reach potential customers beyond Google’s search engine through Bing and other Microsoft-owned properties.

July 25, 2024 0 comment

Certification

Microsoft Advertising Shopping Certification Exam Answers

by IndiaSuccessStories July 25, 2024

written by IndiaSuccessStories

Microsoft Advertising Shopping Exam Quiz Answers

Question 1: Which of the following statements describe the benefits of setting up a Smart Shopping Campaign?

Saves you time.
Serves product ads on search and responsive ads on native.
Combines a streamlines and simple campaign structure with automated optimizations at a query level.
Allows you to have tight control over your optimization levers.

Question 2: In a shopping campaign, bidding should be higher when reaching a more granular level.

True
False

Question 3: Microsoft Shopping Campaigns serve on mobile devices.

True
False

Question 4: Price drop extensions work on both search and product ads.

True
False

Question 5: Contoso Candies wants to change its store name in the Microsoft Merchant Center. Who can amend the store name?

Online contoso Candies
Microsoft Advertising support team
No one can change a store name after it is created
Contoso Candies and support

Question 6: Smart Shopping Campaigns take precedence over standard shopping campaigns.

True
False

Question 7: Which of the following are benefits of utilizing local inventory ads?

Highlight products which are for sale online only.
Promote products that are only available in store.
Highlight your brick-and-mortar store locations.
Increase traffic both online and in your physical stores.

Question 8: What are some best practices when trying to optimize your description in the product feed?

Ensure the ad product description is similar to the description of the product on the landing page
Ensure the description is accurate to the product.
Use HTML coding in the field to avoid description errors.
Include all relevant keywords in the description.

Question 9: Where do you go in the Microsoft Advertising User Interface to carry out a merchant center import?

Import, Import from file
Merchant Center, Store, Import
Merchant Center, Import from Google Ads
Import, Import from Google Ads

Question 10: Nicole has verified her domain with universal event tagging for other Microsoft Advertising products, but will still need to verify her domain again for Microsoft Shopping.

True
False

Question 11: Your shopping feed file expires after 30 days unless refreshed or updated.

True
False

Question 12: Contoso Pet Supplies wants to run a report that shows negative keywords and the products they are preventing from showing. Which report should they run?

Website URL report
Product match count report
Product negative keyword conflict report
Search term report

Question 13: Both Product_Type and Product_Category attributes recognize which sign as their delimiter?

“_” (Underscore)
“>” (Greater than)
“<” (Less than)
“-” (Hyphen)

Question 14: Which of the following are required attributes when creating a shopping feed? Select all that apply.

Product type
Price
Description
Product category

Question 15: Contoso Pet Supplies has noticed a recent dip in impressions in their shopping campaign and want to explore. Where can they do this?

Product issues tab in the store summary page.
Feed issues tab in the store summary page.
Store issues tab in the store summary page.
Product performance tab in the store summary page.

Question 16: Which of the following statements is true about shopping campaigns? Select all that apply.

Bidding is based on products.
Search queries are matched to keywords.
Advertisers bid on keywords.
Ads are created from product feed data.

Question 17: Which of the following are acceptable feed file types? Select all that apply.

GZ
XLS
TXT
ZIP

Question 18: The products rating feed file is contained in the shopping feed file.

True
False

Question 19: Contoso Hair Supplies wants to run a report that shows performance data such as clicks, impressions, and conversions for each product group in their feed. Which report should they run?

Product match count report
Product partition report
Product dimension report
Product search term report

Question 20: Contoso Jewelry store wants to review the import status of their most recent Google Merchant Center import. Where will they find this in the Microsoft Advertising User Interface?

In the Summary tab in their Microsoft Merchant Center Store.
In the Feeds tab in their Microsoft Merchant Center Store.
In the import tab in their Microsoft Merchant Center Store.

Question 21: The store name in a product ad is taken from the advertiser’s product feed.

True
False

Question 22: Contoso Bikes have forgotten to update, or re-upload, their product feed file. After how long will their feed file expire if it’s not updated or re-uploaded?

1 Day
7 Days
30 Days
60 Days

Question 23: Contoso Films wants to filter their products. Which of the following attributes cannot be used to filter their products in a shopping campaign?

Price
Condition
Product type
Product category

Question 24: Contoso Jewelry Store wants to start using product ads and Microsoft Shopping Campaigns from scratch. What is the correct sequence of steps they need to follow in order to do this?

Claim their domain
Create a Microsoft Merchant Center Store
Create and upload a product feed
Create their shopping campaign

Question 25: What is the warning symbol when looking at product issues in the store summary page?

An orange circles
An orange triangle
A red circle

Question 26: Contoso Cameras wants to run ads that have rich product information, including a product image and store name. What types of ads should they create?

Responsive search ads
Expanded text ads
Product ads
Dynamic search ads

Question 27: Ted wants to create a store in the Microsoft Advertising User Interface (UI). Where does Ted need to go in the Ul to do this?

Bing ads editor
Keyword planner
Reports tab
Microsoft Merchant Center

Question 28: Contoso Kitchen Supplies are running product ads. When a searcher clicks on their ad, which of the following happens? Select all that apply.

Contoso Kitchen Supplies will be charged per 1000 impressions of their product ad.
Contoso Kitchen Supplies will be charged on a cost per click basis.
The ad expands into a pop-up description of the product within the search engine results page.
The searcher will be sent to the Contoso Kitchen Supplies’ website.

Question 29: A product appears in both a high priority (campaign A) with a bid of $1, and low priority (campaign B) with a bid of $10. Which will be used for a relevant query?

Neither because it is a duplicate conflict.
The platform will alternate.
Campaign A
Campaign B

Question 30: Which of the following is an optional attribute when creating your product feed?

Description
Price
Image link
Sale price

Question 31: When looking at product issues in the store summary, what is the symbol for an error?

An orange circles
An orange triangle
A red circle

Question 32: How does Microsoft Advertising define impression share?

The total number of impressions.
The number of times your ad is shown.
The percentage of time your ad shows up higher than your competitors.
The number of times an ad is shown divided by the total number of impressions.

Question 33: Contoso Clothing has frequent updates to the sale price and product availability attributes for specific products in their campaign. They also do not have an APl set up. Which of the following is Contoso Clothing’s best option?

Submit their full product feed with these updates when they reach the 30-day threshold.
Submit these updates via a product inventory update feed.
Submit their full product feed every hour.
Submit their full product feed to make these updates.

Question 34: Clicks on product ads are charged on what basis with Microsoft Advertising?

Cost per click
Cost per acquisition
Cost per thousand impressions

Question 35: Which report should you run to see what your audience is searching for when your product ads are shown?

Search term report
Product partition report
Product dimension report
Negative keyword conflict report

Question 36: Which of the following advertisers would NOT be eligible to use Microsoft Shopping Campaigns? Select all that apply.

An online cat products store.
An adult online retailer.
An offline only apparel retailer.
An online hair products retailer.

Question 37: Which of the following are examples of product ad enhancements? Select all that apply.

Free shipping
Product condition
Merchant promotions
Product weight extension

Question 38: Which of the following are useful Microsoft Advertising reports for your shopping campaigns? Select all that apply.

Product image report
Product partition report
Product dimension report
Product GTIN report

Question 39: When a new shopping campaign is created, an ad group with a product group is created by default. What type of product group is this?

An ‘all products’ product group.
A targeted products’ product group.
An ‘excluded products’ product group.
An ‘all feeds’ product group.

Question 40: Contoso Kitchens wants to implement product ratings but do not have a feed file for this. They’ve heard that ratings from one supplier do not require an additional feed. Which supplier is this?

Feefo
Bazaarvoice
Trustpilot
Reevoo

Question 41: Contoso Cameras Inc. is adding a merchant promotion to its ad for 10% off. What clickable text will be added to Contoso Cameras’ ad to highlight the promotion?

10% off
Price drop
Price reduction
Special offer

Question 42: Product ads contain which of the following? Select all that apply.

Product price
An online cat products store.
Sitelink extensions
A product images

Question 43: Which of the following statements about the redirect URL attributes in a product feed file is true? Select all that apply.

it should eventually link to the same landing page as the link/mobile link columns.
Is the URL of the landing page where the customer eventually ends up.
it will override URLs in the link and mobile link attribute columns.
The redirect link may be placed in the link or mobile link columns.

Question 44: What is the Microsoft Advertising product ad maximum file size for the product image?

3.9 MB
39 MB
3.9 GB
39 GB

Question 45: Brian has a new product and wants to set up a Smart Shopping campaign. What is the correct sequence of steps Brian needs to follow in order to do this? Organize the options in the correct order.

Create a campaign
Select ‘Sell products from your catalog’
Select ‘Smart Shopping’
Choose your store market
Select ‘Campaign settings
Create Responsive Ad

Question 46: Amelia wants to run a report that shows performance data such as clicks, impressions, and conversions for each product in the feed. Which report should Amelia run?

Product match count report
Product dimension report
Product partition report
Product search term report

Question 47: When Contoso Clothing is submitting partial feed updates, which of the following attributes can be updated without editing their full feed? Select all that apply.

Sale price
Price
Availability
Description
Title

Question 48: Which of the following is a way to verify your domain when setting up Microsoft Advertising shopping?

Using the reporting tab in the Microsoft Advertising User Interface
Via universal event tracking tag
Via the keyword planner
Via Microsoft Advertising editor

Question 49: Which of the following Share of Voice attributes can you include in the product dimension report? Select all that apply.

Benchmark bids
Each of your competitor’s individual bids on that product
Impression share
Benchmark click-through rate

Question 50: What does the non-targeted report in ‘store issues’ tell you?

How many offers are not targeted with bids in a campaign.
How many offers are targeted with bids in a campaign.
How many offers are not targeted with filters in a campaign.
How many offers are targeted with filters in a campaign.

Question 51: Contoso Cameras wants to submit local product information for their local inventory ads. How do they do this?

By creating a local product feed in Microsoft Merchant Center.
In the Microsoft User Interface: Tools, Shared library, Product inventory feed.
By setting up an automated feed from ‘Google my Business’.
In the Microsoft User Interface: Import, Product inventory feed.

Question 52: What are the benefits to opting-in to the automatic item updates in your Microsoft Shopping Campaigns’ feeds?

Pulls up-to-date product information from your website.
Allows you to keep running your ads for out-of-stock items.
Prohibits running ads for out-of-stock items.

Question 53: Hugo is setting up a new shopping campaign for a new product line. Which bid strategy can Hugo use if using a third-party bid management tool?

Maximize clicks
Target return on advertising spend
Enhanced cost per click

Question 54: Which of the following is a best practice for shopping campaign structures?

Do not bid on granular product groups
Bid higher on all product ‘catch-all’ product groups
Break out product groups by value, then bid accordingly
The more granular your product group, the lower the bid

Question 55: Contoso Toys has decided to create a “catch-all” campaign with an all-products product group in it. As a best practice, how should they bid in this scenario?

Make their all products ‘catch-all’ bid double their item ID bids
Have lower bids and a low campaign priority setting
Increase their bids
Never bid on ‘all products

Question 56: When creating a new shopping campaign you select ‘sell products from your catalog’ as your campaign goal. After this you select your campaign subtype, and can choose between Smart Shopping, Standard Shopping, or Dynamic Shopping.

True
False

Question 57: Zoe is setting up Microsoft Advertising Shopping. Select three ways in which Zoe can verify her domain. Select all that apply.

Using Bing Webmaster Tools
Via universal event tracking tag
Upload a CSV of the website pages via file tranfser protocol to the Microsoft Advertising User Interface.
Import via Google Search Console

Question 58: How is it generally recommended you bid on product SKU product groups?

Reduce your bids
Never bid on product SKU product groups
Increase your bids
Leave it the same

Question 59: Contoso Cameras are collecting images and image links for their product feed file. What are some product image best practices they should adhere to? Select all that apply.

Their images should not contain watermarks.
Their images should have a maximum size of 220px by 220px.
They should use promotion text in the images.
Their images should contain a ‘pop’ effect using a white background.

Question 60: Contoso Cameras wants to group their products into the following sets: high margin products, special offers, and seasonal offers. Which feed field can they use to do this?

Product category
Product type
Custom labels
Custom product IDs

Question 61: Which of the following bid strategies allow you to set your own bids? Select all that apply.

Manual cost per click
Target impression share
Maximum clicks
Enhanced cost per click

Question 62: Which of the following statements is true about shopping campaigns?

Ads do not require a store name.
Ads do not contain images.
Ads are created from product feed data.
Ads are automatically created from your website content.

Question 63: Contoso Cameras’ campaigns have been running for six weeks. Where can they find reporting and analysis for their shopping campaigns? Select all that apply.

Settings tab
Microsoft Merchant Center
Campaign grid
Reports tab

Question 64: Contoso Foods are creating a shopping feed and completing the product category field. Microsoft Advertising supports the use of both string such as Electronics > Communications> Telephony > Mobile Phones and Product Category IDs such as ‘267’.

True
False

Question 65: How many custom label attributes can you add for each product?

4 Labels
5 Labels
10 Labels
14 Labels

Question 66: Contoso Cameras is seeing that their products are being rejected and want to learn why. Where can they go to find this information?

Store issues in the store summary page.
Feed tab in the store summary page.
Product Issues tab in the store summary page.
Product performance tab in the store summary page.

Question 67: Contoso Widgets is a new advertiser creating a new store in Microsoft Merchant Center and their store is rejected. What are possible reasons for this? Select all that apply.

They are attempting to claim an unverified domain.
Contoso Widqets’ domain has been correctly verified.
They are identified as an adult advertiser.
There is no real privacy policy on their website.

Question 68: Contoso Lighting wants to set up Local Inventory Ads (LIAs) for their Microsoft Shopping Campaigns. In what order should the following steps be taken to set up them up? Organize the options in the correct order.

Provide store location data
Upload online product information
Upload inventory information
Enable the Shopping campaign into LIA

Question 69: How can using the Google Merchant Center import tool benefit an advertiser? Select all that apply.

Enables an advertiser to keep fresh data.
Enables an advertiser to use one feed file for Google and Microsoft Advertising.
Enables an advertiser to import search campaigns and feed files in one import.
Enables an advertiser to import product offers.

Question 70: Elodie is running shopping campaigns for her new website. Which bid strategies are available to her?

Enhanced cost per click
Maximize Conversions
Maximize clicks
Target return on advertising spend

Question 71: What are two ways you can create a Microsoft Shopping campaign?

Import using the Facebook Import tool.
Create a new shopping campaign in Microsoft Advertising User Interface.
Copy a search campaign in Microsoft Advertising Editor.
Import using your Google Shopping campaign.

Question 72: You can use the search term report for shopping campaigns.

True
False

Question 73: Contoso Shoes want to explore which websites their product ads have appeared on. Which report should they run?

Product share of voice report
Website URL (publisher) report
Destination URL report
Product search term report

Introduction to Microsoft Advertising Shopping

Microsoft Advertising Shopping, formerly known as Bing Shopping Campaigns, is a service provided by Microsoft that allows businesses to advertise their products across the Microsoft Search Network. Here’s a brief overview:

Product Ads: These ads appear in search results on Bing, MSN, and other Microsoft-owned platforms when users search for relevant products. They include an image of the product, title, price, and store name.
Campaign Management: Similar to Google Shopping, advertisers can create Shopping campaigns to promote their products. These campaigns are managed through the Microsoft Advertising platform, where you can set budgets, bids, and targeting options.
Product Feed: Just like other shopping ad platforms, you need to upload a product feed containing detailed information about your products. This includes attributes like product ID, title, description, price, and availability.
Bidding: Advertisers bid on relevant keywords and pay for clicks on their ads. The performance of your ads is influenced by your bid amount, ad quality, relevance, and other factors.
Audience Targeting: Microsoft Advertising allows you to target specific audiences based on demographics, location, device type, and other criteria to reach your target market effectively.
Reporting and Analytics: The platform provides insights into your campaign performance, including metrics like clicks, impressions, conversions, and return on ad spend (ROAS), allowing you to optimize your campaigns for better results.

Overall, Microsoft Advertising Shopping provides an opportunity for businesses to reach potential customers searching for products on Bing and other Microsoft platforms, offering a competitive alternative to Google Shopping campaigns.

July 25, 2024 0 comment

Certification

Microsoft Advertising Native & Display Certification Exam Answers

by IndiaSuccessStories July 25, 2024

written by IndiaSuccessStories

Microsoft Advertising Native & Display Exam Quiz Answers

Question 1: What are the standard dimensions of a mid-page unit or rectangle ad?

90 x 728
250 x 300
300 x 250
728 x 90

Question 2: Which set of ad dimensions represent common standard interactive advertising bureau (IAB) ad specifications?

300 x 250
300 x 300
728 x 90
728 x 900

Question 3: Contoso Furniture is creating online video ads. What is the typical file type for video ads that they should use?

MP4
GIF
JPEG
PNG

Question 4: Contoso Investments are bidding for individual display impressions in an action. This is an example of which sales model?

Search advertising sales model
Programmatic sales model
Cost per thousand impressions sales model
Guaranteed sales model

Question 5: When is a customer removed from a dynamic remarketing list?

When the customer searches for the product.
When a customer views the product page.
When the customer adds the product to their shopping cart.
When a customer purchases the product.

Question 6: A publisher is a source of display advertising inventory.

True
False

Question 7: When expanding search campaigns to the Microsoft Audience Network, ad copy will be generated using approved search text ads.

True
False

Question 8: Which parameters are required in universal event tracking for dynamic remarketing in audience ads?

Product name
Product ID
Page type
Page name

Question 9: What are the recommended minimum image dimensions for Microsoft Audience Ads images?

1200 x 628
628 x 1200
300 x 250
250 x 300

Question 10: Which statement best describes an ad impression?

A single view of an ad by one individual.
A single time a user arrives on a landing page after clicking an ad.
A single click of an ad by one individual.
A single time a webpage loads.

Question 11: Which of the following are components of ad unit specifications?

Ad dimensions
Ad text
Maximum weight
Aspect ratio

Question 12: Which of the following are best practices when setting up your campaign?

Each campaign represents a specific audience you are targeting.
Add 3 – 5 images per ad group.
Start with low bids and low daily budgets.
Limit site and device exclusion at launch, and optimize after based on key performance indicators.

Question 13: Which of the following can you apply to your Microsoft Audience Network campaign?

Dynamic text insertion
Sitelink extensions
Ad customizers
Remarketing lists

Question 14: The Microsoft Audience Network has a partnership with Shutterstock to make images available for advertisers that do or do not have their own assets to use for their ads.

True
False

Question 15: The Contoso Daily News newspaper is selling display ads on its website using the direct or guaranteed method of selling display advertising. Which statements describe this selling model? Select all that apply.

Individual impressions are sold through real-time bidding.
It is sold through an agreement, contract, or insertion order.
Clients can choose the specific context or location.
Packages are pre-sold and quaranteed.

Question 16: How many types of Dynamic Remarketing lists are available to an advertiser?

1 List
3 Lists
5 Lists
10 Lists

Question 17: Tailspin Toys are creating their first Microsoft Audience Network campaign. What is the minimum number of images they will need in order to do this?

1 Image
2 Images
3 Images
5 Images

Question 18: A unique audience target on the Microsoft Audience Network is LinkedIn Profile Targeting. Select all available LinkedIn targets. Select all that apply.

Tenure
Job function
Company
Industry

Question 19: In the programmatic method of selling display advertising, which statements describe pricing? Select all that apply.

A set number of impressions is pre-sold.
It is sold automatically through a digital marketplace.
Each impression can vary in price.
It takes place through an auction.

Question 20: When using the Facebook Import tool, you can import multiple campaigns at a time.

True
False

Question 21: Where can you use the Facebook Import tool?

Only in the United States and Canada
Only in the United States
Countries where Microsoft Audience campaigns are available
All countries globally

Question 22: In dynamic remarketing, which of the following statements are true regarding past buyers lists? Select all that apply.

They require customized universal event tracking set up correctly for that product
They ensure ads for that product are shown again to the buyer
They are refreshed within minutes
They have past buyers automatically added

Question 23: Contoso Furniture is running an online campaign with video ads and paying on a cCPV basis. What does “cCPV” stand for?

Cost-per completed visit
Cost-per completed view
Clicks-per completed view
Clicks-per completed visit

Question 24: Frank is creating a shopping feed-based audience campaign for his online store, Frank’s Tools. After selecting ‘Create Campaign’ in the Microsoft Advertising User Interface, what should Frank select next?

Visits to my business location
Sell products from your catalog
Conversions in my website
Visits to my website

Question 25: Which signals are used to anchor relevancy for search campaigns expanded to the Microsoft Audience Network? Select all that apply.

User’s credit card information
Demographics
Keywords
Purchases

Question 26: What are common display advertising key performance indicators? Select all that apply.

Query share
Click-through rate
Number of impressions delivered
Number search engine result page loads

Question 27: Which of the following are forms of display advertising? Select all that apply.

Expanded text ads
Video ads
Display ads
Native ads

Question 28: Microsoft Audience Network brand-safe sites include MSN, Outlook.com and Microsoft.com.

True
False

Question 29: Mike wants to use filters in reports to be able to view the performance of Audience Ads in the campaign performance report. Which column is added to be able to view this?

Goal type
Goal category
Campaign type
Ad distribution

Question 30: What is the aspect ratio of an ad?

The ratio of width to height
The ratio of light to dark
The ratio of height to width
The ratio of dark to light

Question 31: What content is disallowed in the Microsoft Audience Network creative acceptance policy but allowed in the Search policy? Select all that apply.

Penny stocks
Pharmaceuticals
Surveillance
Insurance

Question 32: What are the ways in which you can add images to your ads that are extended to the Microsoft Audience Network through your search campaigns? Select all that apply.

Auto-retrieval via the Internet
Image extensions
Auto-retrieval via your website
Shutterstock

Question 33: Contoso Carpets have previously run search campaigns, but now want to get started with native ads. What actions should they take before getting started on a Microsoft Audience Network campaign? Select all that apply.

Build a keyword list.
Identify their key success metrics.
Gather their campaign images.
Evaluate their bidding strategy.

Question 34: On the Microsoft Audience Network, which products do not require age targeting?

Alcohol
Gambling
Tattoos and body piercing
Fitness products

Question 35: Tailspin Toys wants to use a CPA metric to measure the effectiveness of its display advertising campaigns. What does “CPA” stand for?

Cost per ad
Cost per action
Cost per analysis
Cost per audience

Question 36: In which of the following places are display ads shown? Select all that apply.

Social media websites
Mobile apps
The ‘mainline’ of search engine results pages
News websites

Question 37: Microsoft Audience Network Campaign performance data can be viewed by day and hour in the ad schedule tab in the Microsoft Advertising Ul.

True
False

Question 38: Marco is interested in tracking when people who were shown an ad and didn’t click on it, but still went on to purchase at a later date. Using which feature in the Microsoft Audience Network can Marco track this?

The dimensions tab
Segment functionality
View through conversions
Publisher website report

Question 39: Which of the following are display advertising metrics? Select all that apply.

Cost per action
Cost per page
Conversion rate
Cost per click

Question 40: Which of the following is a way to gather images for your Microsoft Audience Network campaign?

Remarketing lists
Shopping campaigns
Universal event tracking tags
Expanded text ads

Question 41: Contoso Insurance is running a Microsoft Audience Network campaign and wants to see how they’re performing across a variety of devices. For which devices can they pull this performance data? Select all that apply.

Smart TVs
Smartphones
Tablets
Desktops

Question 42: Why is display advertising effective? Select all that apply.

You only ever pay when someone clicks on your ad.
It is a text-only format.
It builds brand awareness.
It drives conversions.

Question 43: When extending a search campaign to the Microsoft Audience Network, what is the maximum audience ads negative bid adjustment?

-90%
-10%
-100%
-50%

Question 44: In which pricing model does an advertiser pay for every thousand impressions?

Cost per view
Cost per mille
Cost per acquisition
Cost per click

Question 45: With Microsoft Advertising, you can use dynamic remarketing for which of the following? Select all that apply.

Without customizing the standard universal event tracking tag
For search campaigns
Without a Microsoft Merchant Center Store
For Microsoft Audience Network campaigns

Question 46: Ayushi is creating a dynamic remarketing list for the Microsoft Audience Network. What is the membership duration range Ayushi can specify?

1 – 14 days
1 – 60 days
1 – 90 days
1 – 180 days

Question 47: Contoso Cameras wants to run image-based ads across the brand safe properties of the MSN website, the Microsoft Edge browser, and Outlook.com. Which ad solution from Microsoft Advertising should Contoso Cameras use?

Product ads with Microsoft Shopping
Flyer extensions
Dynamic Search Ads
Microsoft Audience Network Audience Ads

Question 48: Contoso Fitness Company’s new Microsoft Audience Network campaign has been running for a few weeks and they want to review its performance. What are the ways in which they can do this? Select all that apply.

In Change History in the Microsoft Advertising User Interface
In Settings in the Microsoft Advertising User Interface
Through the Reporting tab
Directly in the Microsoft Advertising User Interface in the campaign grid

Question 49: Contoso Fresh Food is running a Microsoft Audience Network campaign. When you click on one of their ads, where are you redirected?

A Bing search engine result page
Sponsored articles
Sponsored content
Contoso Fresh Food’s website

Question 50: Online video ads are not classified as display advertising.

True
False

Question 51: Which buying models are used in the Microsoft Audience Network? Select all that apply.

Cost per thousand impressions
Cost per click
Cost per view (Video)
Cost per acquisition

Question 52: In the programmatic method of selling display advertising, how is pricing set?

The price of each impression can vary significantly in a real time bidding auction.
The price of each impression is guaranteed before the campaign.
The price of each impression is fixed and agreed upon.
The price of each impression remains constant throughout the campaign.

Question 53: You can obtain images for your Microsoft Audience Network campaigns using which resources? Select all that apply.

TikTok import
Shutterstock images
Getty images
Google Import

Question 54: Nick is logged into the Microsoft Advertising User Interface and wants to import his campaigns from Facebook into the Microsoft Audience Network. What is the correct order in which these steps need to be taken to complete the import? Organize the options in the correct order.

Access the Import Tab in the Microsoft Advertising User Interface
Select ‘Import from Facebook Ads’
Sign in to your Facebook account
Select your Facebook account

Question 55: Microsoft Audience Network offers a detailed publisher report showing every domain driving traffic to your campaigns.

True
False

Question 56: Denise is running dynamic remarketing campaigns on the Microsoft Audience Network. She can also use this feature for her search campaigns.

True
False

Question 57: A customer is searching for a new pair of running shoes. They add a pair of shoes to their cart but then leave the site. Which scenario occurs as a result of dynamic remarketing?

Ads showing socks from the shoe company are shown to the customer.
Ads featuring the same pair of running shoes are shown to the customer.
Ads showing shoes from a competitor are shown to the customer.
Ads featuring similar running shoes are shown to the customer.

Question 58: Which of the following statements are true of view through conversions? Select al that apply.

It is a powerful way to understand ad performance.
It can help understand platform performance vs. other publishers.
It is based upon viewing an ad and a conversion happening later.
It is a conversion that happens after a user clicks on an ad.

Question 59: In the direct or guaranteed method of selling display advertising, how is pricing set?

The price varies by impression.
The price is fixed and agreed upon.
The price is set in an auction.
The price is set in real time.

Question 60: Why is the Microsoft Audience Network brand safe? Select all that apply.

All ads follow strict Microsoft editorial guidelines.
Ads serve alongside user generated content.
Integral Ad Science (IAS) protection is layered on.
There is full site transparency and opt-out functionality.

Question 61: What does vCPM stand for?

Volume cost per mille
Viewable cost per mille
Volume cost per million
Viewable cost per million

Question 62: What are the primary lengths, or durations, of video ads? Select all that apply.

6 seconds
15 seconds
30 seconds
60 seconds

Question 63: Amanda is applying targeting to her Microsoft Audience Network campaign. Which types of bidding are available? Select al that apply.

Cost per acquisition bidding
Target and bid
Bid only
Bidding by name and email address

Question 64: Claudine wants to import campaigns from Facebook into the Microsoft Audience Network. Which targets can be imported using the Facebook Import tool? Select all that apply.

Gender
Location
Audience lists
Age

Question 65: Monica wants to view the performance of her Microsoft Audience Network campaiqns. What are ways in which Monica can do this? Select al that apply.

In the Ul campaign/ad group table grid
In the keyword planner
Reports in the reports tab
On Microsoft.com

Question 66: Which of the following brand safe sites are included in the Microsoft Audience Network? Select all that apply.

Outlook.com
MSN
Microsoft Edge
Microsoft.com

Question 67: Meredith is creating a Microsoft Audience Network campaign and is selecting images. Which of the following statements are Microsoft Audience Network image requirements that Meredith must adhere to? Select all that apply.

The accepted file types are JPG, PNG, or GIF.
The text must be both embedded in and overlays the image.
The image must be high resolution.
The image must adhere to the Microsoft Audience Network policy.

Question 68: To get started with the Microsoft Audience Network, Contoso Snacks will need a minimum of 3 images: a 1200 x 628, a 300 x 250, and a 728 x 90.

True
False

Question 69: Anica is using Dynamic Remarketing and wants to treat product viewers and cart abandoners differently. Anica can use different bid modifiers for each of these audiences.

True
False

Question 70: Contoso Cars run search campaigns that they want to extend to the Microsoft Audience Network. They will need to create new campaigns to do this.

True
False

Question 71: When creating your audience campaigns which the Microsoft Audience Network, it is best practice to use more than one image.

True
False

Question 72: Which statement best describes native ads?

Native ads are a video-only format.
Native ads are also called pop-up ads.
Native ads are distinctly different from the content they are served on.
Native ads match the appearance and function of where they appear.

Question 73: In display advertising, what does “M” on “mille” indicate?

Per 1,000 ad impressions
Per 10,000 ad impressions
Per million ad impressions
Per 1,000 million ad impressions

Introduction to Microsoft Advertising Native & Display

Microsoft Advertising offers a variety of advertising options, including Native and Display advertising formats. Here’s a breakdown of each:

Native Advertising:
- Definition: Native ads are designed to match the look, feel, and function of the media format in which they appear. They are integrated into the content seamlessly, making them less disruptive and more engaging for users.
- Placement: These ads can appear on Microsoft’s own properties like MSN, Outlook.com, and Microsoft Edge, as well as on third-party websites and apps that are part of the Microsoft Audience Network.
- Benefits: Native ads tend to have higher engagement rates compared to traditional display ads because they blend in with the surrounding content.
Display Advertising:
- Definition: Display ads are graphical advertisements that appear on websites, apps, or social media through banners, images, and text. Unlike native ads, they are clearly distinguishable as advertisements.
- Placement: Microsoft Advertising offers a wide range of display advertising options across its network of websites and partner sites.
- Benefits: Display ads are effective for building brand awareness, driving traffic to websites, and increasing conversions through eye-catching visuals and targeted messaging.

Key Points:

Targeting Options: Microsoft Advertising provides robust targeting capabilities, allowing advertisers to reach specific audiences based on demographics, interests, behaviors, and more.
Performance Tracking: Advertisers can track the performance of their campaigns using Microsoft Advertising’s analytics tools, gaining insights into impressions, clicks, conversions, and other key metrics.
Integration: Both Native and Display ads can be integrated into broader advertising campaigns across Microsoft’s ecosystem, offering scalability and reach.

Whether you choose Native or Display advertising with Microsoft Advertising, each format offers distinct advantages depending on your campaign goals, target audience, and budget.

July 25, 2024 0 comment

Newer Posts

Older Posts